1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168 rtx src, dest, span;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2180 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2189 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2198 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2223 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2227 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2232 fde = current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2252 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2281 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2288 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2303 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2314 cfa.offset += offset;
2315 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2328 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331 cfa.offset += offset;
2332 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2346 cfa.offset += offset;
2347 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2350 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2356 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2361 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2362 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2370 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2379 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2380 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2390 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2391 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2404 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2415 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2416 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2421 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2459 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2465 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde->stack_realign
2474 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2477 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2480 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2481 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2496 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2500 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2503 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2507 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2519 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2523 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2532 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2533 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde->stack_realign
2563 && cfa.indirect == 0
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2571 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2572 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2575 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2585 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2599 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2624 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2629 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2652 bool handled_one = false;
2654 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2669 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2681 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2699 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2705 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2719 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2728 n = single_set (insn);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2779 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792 bool saw_frp = false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i))
2805 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2811 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2836 i = next_real_insn (i);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2913 case DW_CFA_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946 case DW_CFA_register:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags = ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2995 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2996 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3000 if (eh_frame_section)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section);
3010 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3012 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section)
3030 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3044 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3049 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3055 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3080 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3085 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3091 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3097 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3103 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3110 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_register:
3143 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3155 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182 unsigned long r, r2;
3184 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3202 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3217 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3223 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3225 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3229 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3233 case DW_CFA_register:
3234 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3235 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3243 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3293 unsigned int len, idx;
3295 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3296 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3313 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3325 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3330 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3341 case DW_CFA_register:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3349 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3369 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3382 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3389 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3393 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3407 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3445 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448 const char *begin, *end;
3449 static unsigned int j;
3450 char l1[20], l2[20];
3453 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3470 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3475 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3485 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3489 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3490 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3497 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3502 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed)
3514 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde->funcdef_number);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3554 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3555 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3556 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3559 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3560 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3563 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3574 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3575 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3579 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3614 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3616 char augmentation[6];
3617 int augmentation_size;
3618 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3619 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 rtx personality = NULL;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3644 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3645 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3647 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3648 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3659 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3660 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3662 any_eh_needed = true;
3663 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3665 any_eh_needed = true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3694 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size = 0;
3709 personality = current_unit_personality;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p = augmentation + 1;
3732 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed)
3738 augmentation_size += 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3743 augmentation_size += 1;
3745 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765 augmentation_size += pad;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3775 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3776 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3778 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783 if (augmentation[0])
3785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3789 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3790 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3795 if (any_lsda_needed)
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3799 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3801 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3804 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3805 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3807 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3809 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3812 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3813 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3816 fde = &fde_table[i];
3818 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3819 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3820 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3821 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3822 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3825 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3826 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3827 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3830 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3831 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3832 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3833 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3834 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3835 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3838 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3843 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3846 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3850 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3852 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3856 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3859 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3860 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3861 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3862 of the weirder relocation types. */
3863 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3864 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3866 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3867 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3871 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3875 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3877 current_function_funcdef_no);
3878 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3879 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3881 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3882 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3884 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3885 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3886 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3890 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3894 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3895 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3897 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3904 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3905 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3906 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3908 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3909 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3912 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3916 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3917 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3919 current_function_funcdef_no);
3920 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no);
3922 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3923 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3925 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3926 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3927 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3931 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3932 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3934 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3935 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3936 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3937 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3940 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3941 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3943 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3944 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3945 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3946 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3947 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3948 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3949 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3950 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3951 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3952 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3953 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3954 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3957 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3958 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3959 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3960 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3961 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3962 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3963 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3965 section *unlikelysec;
3966 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3967 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3970 = (fnsec == text_section
3971 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3972 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3973 fde->cold_in_std_section
3974 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3975 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3980 = (fnsec == text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3982 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3985 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3987 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3988 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3989 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3991 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3994 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3995 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3998 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3999 if (!current_unit_personality)
4000 current_unit_personality = personality;
4002 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4003 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4004 function anymore. */
4006 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4007 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4008 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4012 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4013 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4017 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4018 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4021 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4023 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4027 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4028 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4030 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4033 current_function_funcdef_no);
4034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4035 fde = current_fde ();
4036 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4037 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4041 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4043 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4044 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4045 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4046 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4048 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4049 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4054 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4055 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4056 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4061 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4063 /* Output call frame information. */
4064 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4065 output_call_frame_info (0);
4067 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4068 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4069 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4070 output_call_frame_info (1);
4074 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4077 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4079 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4080 if (sec == text_section)
4081 text_section_used = true;
4082 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4083 cold_text_section_used = true;
4087 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4089 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4091 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4093 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4094 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4096 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4097 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4098 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4099 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4100 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4102 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4103 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4106 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4107 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4108 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4110 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4111 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4113 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4114 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4119 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4121 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4125 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4127 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4130 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4131 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4136 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4137 for emitting location expressions. */
4139 /* Data about a single source file. */
4140 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4141 const char * filename;
4145 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4146 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4147 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4148 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4149 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4151 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4155 } deferred_locations;
4157 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4158 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4160 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4162 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4165 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4166 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4167 implementation are listed below. */
4172 dw_val_class_offset,
4174 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4175 dw_val_class_range_list,
4177 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4178 dw_val_class_const_double,
4181 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4182 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4183 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4184 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4186 dw_val_class_macptr,
4191 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4193 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4194 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4200 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4201 represented internally. */
4203 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4204 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4205 union dw_val_struct_union
4207 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4209 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4210 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4211 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4212 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4213 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4214 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4215 struct dw_val_die_union
4219 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4220 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4221 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4222 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4223 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4224 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4227 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4234 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4235 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4236 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4237 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4238 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4239 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4241 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4242 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4246 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4247 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4248 their entire life. */
4249 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4250 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4251 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4252 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4253 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4254 Only on head of list */
4255 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4256 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4259 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4261 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4263 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4266 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4271 return "DW_OP_addr";
4273 return "DW_OP_deref";
4275 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4279 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4283 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4291 return "DW_OP_constu";
4293 return "DW_OP_consts";
4297 return "DW_OP_drop";
4299 return "DW_OP_over";
4301 return "DW_OP_pick";
4303 return "DW_OP_swap";
4307 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4315 return "DW_OP_minus";
4327 return "DW_OP_plus";
4328 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4329 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4335 return "DW_OP_shra";
4353 return "DW_OP_skip";
4355 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4419 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4483 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4547 return "DW_OP_regx";
4549 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4551 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4553 return "DW_OP_piece";
4554 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4555 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4556 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4557 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4561 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4562 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4564 return "DW_OP_call2";
4566 return "DW_OP_call4";
4567 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4568 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4569 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4570 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4571 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4572 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4573 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4574 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4575 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4577 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4578 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4580 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4581 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4588 return "OP_<unknown>";
4592 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4593 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4594 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4596 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4597 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4598 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4600 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4602 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4603 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4604 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4605 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4606 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4611 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4614 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4615 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4618 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4621 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4624 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4627 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4629 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4631 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4632 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4638 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4641 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4643 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4646 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4651 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4652 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4656 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4657 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4658 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4659 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4660 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4662 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4663 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4665 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4666 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4669 else if (offset > 0)
4670 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4674 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4675 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4679 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4680 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4683 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4686 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4687 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4691 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4693 static unsigned long
4694 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4696 unsigned long size = 1;
4698 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4701 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4720 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4723 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4728 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4729 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4767 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4770 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4773 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4776 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4777 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4780 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4783 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4792 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4793 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4795 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4796 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4797 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4806 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4808 static unsigned long
4809 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4814 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4815 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4816 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4818 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4820 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4825 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4827 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4828 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4834 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4835 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4838 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4841 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4843 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4844 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4846 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4848 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4855 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4859 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4868 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4870 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4873 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4875 switch (val2->val_class)
4877 case dw_val_class_const:
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4880 case dw_val_class_vec:
4882 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4883 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4887 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4892 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4895 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4896 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4899 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4903 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4905 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4906 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4910 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4911 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4919 case dw_val_class_addr:
4920 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4936 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4937 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4938 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4939 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4940 only doing unwinding. */
4945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5007 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5014 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5016 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5026 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5027 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5035 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5040 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5043 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5045 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5047 /* Output the opcode. */
5048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5049 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5051 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5052 output_loc_operands (loc);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5057 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5060 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5062 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5063 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5065 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5068 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5069 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5075 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5076 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5077 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5078 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5083 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5089 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5090 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5095 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5105 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5106 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5108 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5109 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5114 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5117 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5155 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5167 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5173 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5177 /* Output the opcode. */
5178 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5179 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5181 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5183 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5185 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5189 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5190 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5193 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5195 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5198 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5201 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5204 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5206 /* Output the size of the block. */
5207 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5210 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5211 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5214 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5217 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5222 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5225 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5228 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5230 /* Output the size of the block. */
5231 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248 offset += cfa->offset;
5252 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5253 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5414 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5416 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5417 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5418 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5420 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5422 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5423 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5424 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5425 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5426 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5427 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5428 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5429 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5431 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5433 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5437 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5440 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5441 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5442 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5443 dwarf2out_end_block,
5444 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5445 dwarf2out_source_line,
5446 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5447 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5448 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5449 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5450 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5451 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5452 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5453 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5454 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5455 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5456 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5457 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5458 something tries to reference them. */
5459 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5460 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5461 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5462 dwarf2out_var_location,
5463 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5464 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5465 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5466 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5467 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5469 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5473 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5474 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5475 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5477 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5478 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5479 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5480 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5482 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5483 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5485 typedef long int dw_offset;
5487 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5489 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5490 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5491 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5492 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5494 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5495 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5497 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5498 line number associated with the label generated for that
5499 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5500 the line number entry. */
5502 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5503 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5504 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5508 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5510 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5511 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5512 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5513 unsigned long function;
5515 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5517 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5518 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5519 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5521 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5522 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5523 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5527 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5528 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5530 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5531 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5532 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5534 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5535 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5536 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5538 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5539 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5541 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5542 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5543 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5544 dw_die_ref die_child;
5546 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5547 dw_offset die_offset;
5548 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5550 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5551 int die_perennial_p;
5552 unsigned int decl_id;
5556 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5557 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5558 c = die->die_child; \
5562 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5565 /* The pubname structure */
5567 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5573 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5574 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5576 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5577 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5578 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5582 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5587 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5588 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5590 dw_die_ref root_die;
5591 dw_die_ref type_die;
5592 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5593 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5597 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5598 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5601 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5605 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5609 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5611 skeleton_chain_node;
5613 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5614 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5615 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5618 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5619 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5621 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5622 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5623 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5624 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5625 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5626 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5628 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5629 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5630 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5631 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5632 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5633 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5634 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5635 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5636 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5637 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5639 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5640 language, and compiler version. */
5642 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5643 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5644 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5646 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5647 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5648 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5649 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5652 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5654 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5655 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5656 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5657 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5658 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5660 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5661 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5662 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5663 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5664 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5665 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5667 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5668 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5669 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5670 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5672 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5676 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5677 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5678 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5680 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5681 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5683 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5684 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5686 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5687 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5688 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5689 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5690 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5692 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5693 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5694 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5697 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5698 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5699 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5700 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5703 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5704 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5706 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5707 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5709 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5710 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5712 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5713 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5714 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5716 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5717 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5719 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5720 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5721 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5723 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5724 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5725 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5727 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5732 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5733 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5735 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5736 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5737 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5738 const char * GTY (()) label;
5739 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5742 /* Variable location list. */
5743 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5744 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5746 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5747 it is marked through the chain. */
5748 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5750 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5751 unsigned int decl_id;
5753 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5756 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5757 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5759 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5760 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5761 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5762 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5763 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5765 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5766 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5768 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5769 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5771 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5772 abbrev_die_table. */
5773 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5775 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5776 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5777 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5778 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5780 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5781 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5783 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5784 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5786 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5787 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5788 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5789 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5791 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5792 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5794 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5795 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5797 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5799 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5801 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5802 accessible names. */
5803 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5805 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5806 accessible types. */
5807 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5809 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5810 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5812 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5813 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5815 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5816 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5818 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5820 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5822 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5823 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5825 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5826 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5828 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5829 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5831 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5832 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5833 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5835 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5836 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5838 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5839 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5841 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5843 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5845 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5846 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5848 /* Unique label counter. */
5849 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5851 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5852 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5854 /* The direct call table structure. */
5856 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5857 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5859 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5863 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5864 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5866 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5868 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5869 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5870 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5874 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5875 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5877 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5878 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5879 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5881 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5883 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5885 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5888 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5890 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5891 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5892 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5894 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5895 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5898 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5899 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5901 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5902 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5904 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5905 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5907 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5909 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5911 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5912 within the current function. */
5913 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5915 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5917 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5918 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5919 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5920 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5921 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5922 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5923 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5924 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5925 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5926 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5927 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5928 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5929 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5930 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5931 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5932 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5933 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5934 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5935 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5936 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5937 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5938 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5939 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5940 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5941 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5942 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5944 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5945 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5946 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5948 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5949 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5950 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5951 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5953 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5954 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5955 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5956 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5957 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5958 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5959 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5960 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5961 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5963 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5964 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5965 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5966 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5967 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5968 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5969 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5970 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5971 static bool is_cxx (void);
5972 static bool is_fortran (void);
5973 static bool is_ada (void);
5974 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5975 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5976 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5977 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5978 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5979 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5980 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5981 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5982 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5983 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5984 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5985 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5986 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5987 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5988 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5989 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5990 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5991 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5992 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5993 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5994 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5995 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5996 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5997 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5998 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6000 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6001 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6002 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6003 struct checksum_attributes;
6004 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6005 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6006 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6007 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6008 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6009 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6010 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6011 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6012 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6013 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6014 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6016 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6017 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6018 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6019 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6020 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6021 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6022 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6023 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6024 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6025 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6026 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6027 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6028 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6030 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6031 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6032 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6033 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6035 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6036 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6037 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6038 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6039 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6040 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6041 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6042 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6043 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6044 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6045 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6047 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6048 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6049 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6050 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6051 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6052 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6053 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6054 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6055 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6056 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6057 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6058 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6059 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6060 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6061 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6062 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6063 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6064 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6065 static void output_aranges (void);
6066 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6067 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6068 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6070 static void output_ranges (void);
6071 static void output_line_info (void);
6072 static void output_file_names (void);
6073 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6074 static int is_base_type (tree);
6075 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6076 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6077 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6078 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6079 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6080 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6081 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6082 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6084 enum var_init_status);
6085 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6086 enum var_init_status);
6087 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6088 enum var_init_status);
6089 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6090 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6092 enum var_init_status);
6093 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6094 enum var_init_status);
6095 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6096 enum var_init_status);
6097 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6098 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6099 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6100 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6101 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6102 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6103 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6104 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6105 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6107 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6108 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6109 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6110 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6111 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6112 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6113 enum dwarf_attribute);
6114 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6115 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6116 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6117 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6118 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6119 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6120 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6121 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6122 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6127 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6128 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6129 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6130 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6131 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6132 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6133 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6134 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6135 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6136 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6137 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6139 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6141 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6144 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6146 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6147 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6148 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6149 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6154 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6155 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6156 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6157 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6158 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6160 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6161 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6162 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6163 enum debug_info_usage);
6164 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6166 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6168 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6169 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6170 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6171 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6172 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6173 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6174 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6175 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6176 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6177 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6178 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6179 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6180 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6181 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6182 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6183 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6184 const char *, const char *);
6185 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6186 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6188 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6191 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6192 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6193 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6194 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6195 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6196 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6198 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6199 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6200 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6202 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6203 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6205 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6206 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6208 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6209 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6211 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6212 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6214 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6215 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6217 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6218 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6220 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6221 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6223 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6224 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6226 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6227 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6229 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6230 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6232 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6233 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6236 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6237 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6238 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6241 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6242 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6243 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6244 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6247 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6248 the section names themselves. */
6250 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6251 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6253 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6254 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6256 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6257 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6259 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6260 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6262 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6263 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6266 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6268 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6269 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6271 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6272 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6275 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6276 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6277 #define AT_linkage_name \
6278 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6281 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6282 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6283 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6284 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6285 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6287 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6289 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6291 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6292 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6293 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6294 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6295 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6296 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6298 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6299 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6301 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6302 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6304 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6305 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6307 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6308 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6310 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6311 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6313 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6314 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6318 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6319 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6321 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6324 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6326 demangle_name_func = func;
6329 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6332 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6334 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6335 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6336 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6339 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6343 type_main_variant (tree type)
6345 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6347 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6348 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6349 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6350 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6352 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6353 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6354 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6359 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6362 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6364 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6366 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6367 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6370 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6373 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6377 case DW_TAG_padding:
6378 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6379 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6380 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6381 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6382 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6383 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6384 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6385 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6386 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6387 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6388 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6389 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6390 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6392 return "DW_TAG_label";
6393 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6394 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6396 return "DW_TAG_member";
6397 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6398 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6399 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6402 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6403 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6404 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6405 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6406 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6407 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6408 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6409 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6410 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6411 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6412 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6413 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6414 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6415 case DW_TAG_variant:
6416 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6417 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6418 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6419 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6420 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6421 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6422 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6423 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6424 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6426 return "DW_TAG_module";
6427 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6428 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6429 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6432 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6433 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6434 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6435 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6436 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6437 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6438 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6439 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6440 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6441 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6442 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6443 case DW_TAG_constant:
6444 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6445 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6446 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6447 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6448 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6450 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6451 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6452 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6453 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6454 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6455 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6456 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6457 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6458 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6459 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6460 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6461 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6462 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6463 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6466 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6467 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6468 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6469 case DW_TAG_variable:
6470 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6471 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6472 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6473 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6474 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6475 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6476 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6478 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6479 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6480 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6481 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6482 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6483 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6486 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6487 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6488 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6489 case DW_TAG_condition:
6490 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6491 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6492 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6493 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6494 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6495 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6496 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6497 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6498 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6499 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6500 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6501 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6502 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6503 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6504 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6505 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6506 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6507 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6508 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6509 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6510 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6511 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6512 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6513 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6514 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6515 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6516 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6518 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6522 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6525 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6530 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6531 case DW_AT_location:
6532 return "DW_AT_location";
6534 return "DW_AT_name";
6535 case DW_AT_ordering:
6536 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6537 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6538 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6539 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6540 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6541 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6542 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6543 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6544 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6545 case DW_AT_element_list:
6546 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6547 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6548 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6550 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6552 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6553 case DW_AT_language:
6554 return "DW_AT_language";
6556 return "DW_AT_member";
6558 return "DW_AT_discr";
6559 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6560 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6561 case DW_AT_visibility:
6562 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6564 return "DW_AT_import";
6565 case DW_AT_string_length:
6566 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6567 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6568 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6569 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6570 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6571 case DW_AT_const_value:
6572 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6573 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6574 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6575 case DW_AT_default_value:
6576 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6578 return "DW_AT_inline";
6579 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6580 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6581 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6582 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6583 case DW_AT_producer:
6584 return "DW_AT_producer";
6585 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6586 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6587 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6588 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6589 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6590 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6591 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6592 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6593 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6594 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6595 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6596 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6597 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6598 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6599 case DW_AT_address_class:
6600 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6601 case DW_AT_artificial:
6602 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6603 case DW_AT_base_types:
6604 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6605 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6606 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6608 return "DW_AT_count";
6609 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6610 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6611 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6612 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6613 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6614 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6615 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6616 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6617 case DW_AT_declaration:
6618 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6619 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6620 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6621 case DW_AT_encoding:
6622 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6623 case DW_AT_external:
6624 return "DW_AT_external";
6625 case DW_AT_explicit:
6626 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6627 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6628 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6630 return "DW_AT_friend";
6631 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6632 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6633 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6634 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6635 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6636 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6637 case DW_AT_priority:
6638 return "DW_AT_priority";
6640 return "DW_AT_segment";
6641 case DW_AT_specification:
6642 return "DW_AT_specification";
6643 case DW_AT_static_link:
6644 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6646 return "DW_AT_type";
6647 case DW_AT_use_location:
6648 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6649 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6650 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6651 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6652 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6653 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6654 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6656 case DW_AT_allocated:
6657 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6658 case DW_AT_associated:
6659 return "DW_AT_associated";
6660 case DW_AT_data_location:
6661 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6662 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6663 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6664 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6665 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6666 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6667 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6668 case DW_AT_extension:
6669 return "DW_AT_extension";
6671 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6672 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6673 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6674 case DW_AT_call_column:
6675 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6676 case DW_AT_call_file:
6677 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6678 case DW_AT_call_line:
6679 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6681 case DW_AT_signature:
6682 return "DW_AT_signature";
6683 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6684 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6685 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6686 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6687 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6688 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6689 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6690 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6691 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6692 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6708 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6709 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6710 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6712 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6713 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6714 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6715 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6717 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6718 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6719 case DW_AT_src_info:
6720 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6721 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6722 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6723 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6724 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6725 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6726 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6727 case DW_AT_body_end:
6728 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6737 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6738 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6741 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6742 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6743 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6744 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6745 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6746 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6747 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6748 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6750 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6751 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6754 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6758 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6761 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6766 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6767 case DW_FORM_block2:
6768 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6769 case DW_FORM_block4:
6770 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6772 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6774 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6776 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6777 case DW_FORM_string:
6778 return "DW_FORM_string";
6780 return "DW_FORM_block";
6781 case DW_FORM_block1:
6782 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6784 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6786 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6788 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6790 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6792 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6793 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6794 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6796 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6798 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6800 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6802 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6803 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6804 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6805 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6806 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6807 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6808 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6809 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6810 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6811 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6812 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6813 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6814 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6816 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6820 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6821 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6822 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6823 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6827 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6829 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6832 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6833 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6834 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6835 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6838 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6839 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6840 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6842 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6845 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6846 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6850 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6852 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6854 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6855 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6857 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6858 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6860 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6861 context = NULL_TREE;
6866 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6869 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6871 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6875 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6876 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6877 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6880 static inline enum dw_val_class
6881 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6883 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6886 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6889 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6893 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6894 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6895 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6896 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6899 static inline unsigned
6900 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6902 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6903 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6906 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6909 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6913 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6914 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6915 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6916 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6919 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6920 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6922 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6923 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6926 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6929 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6930 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6934 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6935 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6936 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6937 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6940 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6941 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6943 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6944 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6947 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6950 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6951 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6955 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6956 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6957 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6958 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6959 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6962 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6965 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6966 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6970 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6971 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6972 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6973 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6974 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6975 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6978 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6981 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6982 unsigned char data8[8])
6986 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6987 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6988 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6989 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6992 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6995 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6997 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7001 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7003 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7004 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7007 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7009 static struct indirect_string_node *
7010 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7012 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7015 if (! debug_str_hash)
7016 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7017 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7019 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7020 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7023 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7024 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7025 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7029 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7035 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7038 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7041 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7043 node = find_AT_string (str);
7045 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7046 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7047 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7048 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7051 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7052 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7055 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7062 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7063 ++dw2_string_counter;
7064 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7067 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7068 debug string STR. */
7071 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7073 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7075 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7077 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7079 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7082 static inline const char *
7083 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7085 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7086 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7089 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7090 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7092 static enum dwarf_form
7093 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7095 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7098 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7100 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7104 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7106 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7107 always better to put it inline. */
7108 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7111 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7112 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7114 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7115 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7116 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7117 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7119 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7121 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7124 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7127 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7131 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7132 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7133 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7134 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7135 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7138 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7139 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7142 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7144 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7145 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7146 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7149 static inline dw_die_ref
7150 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7152 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7153 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7157 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7159 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7160 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7166 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7168 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7169 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7172 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7175 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7179 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7180 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7181 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7182 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7185 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7188 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7192 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7193 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7194 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7195 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7198 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7199 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7201 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7202 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7206 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7210 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7211 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7212 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7213 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7214 have_location_lists = true;
7217 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7218 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7220 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7221 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7224 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7225 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7227 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7228 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7231 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7234 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7238 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7239 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7240 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7241 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7244 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7247 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7249 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7250 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7253 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7256 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7257 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7261 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7262 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7263 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7264 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7267 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7269 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7270 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7272 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7273 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7276 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7279 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7283 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7284 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7285 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7286 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7289 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7290 debug_line section. */
7293 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7298 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7299 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7300 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7301 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7304 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7305 debug_macinfo section. */
7308 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7313 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7314 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7315 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7316 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7319 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7322 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7323 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7327 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7328 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7329 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7330 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7333 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7336 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7337 long unsigned int offset)
7341 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7342 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7343 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7344 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7347 static inline const char *
7348 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7350 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7351 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7352 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7353 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7356 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7359 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7363 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7368 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7369 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7371 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7372 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7376 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7381 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7382 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7383 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7385 static inline const char *
7386 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7388 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7390 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7393 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7394 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7395 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7397 static inline const char *
7398 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7400 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7402 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7405 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7406 NULL if it is not present. */
7408 static inline const char *
7409 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7411 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7413 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7416 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7417 if it is not present. */
7420 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7422 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7424 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7427 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7428 if it is not present. */
7430 static inline unsigned
7431 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7435 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7438 static inline dw_die_ref
7439 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7441 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7443 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7446 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7447 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7449 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7451 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7454 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7459 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7461 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7464 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7469 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7471 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7472 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7473 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7476 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7481 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7483 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7486 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7489 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7497 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7498 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7500 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7501 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7502 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7504 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7506 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7511 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7512 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7515 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7517 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7518 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7521 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7525 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7526 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7527 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7530 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7531 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7534 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7536 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7538 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7539 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7541 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7542 if (prev == old_child)
7544 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7545 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7549 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7550 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7552 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7553 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7556 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7559 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7562 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7563 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7564 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7567 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7571 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7577 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7579 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7581 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7582 /* Might have removed every child. */
7583 if (c == c->die_sib)
7587 } while (c != die->die_child);
7590 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7593 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7595 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7596 if (! die || ! child_die)
7598 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7600 child_die->die_parent = die;
7603 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7604 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7607 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7608 die->die_child = child_die;
7611 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7612 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7613 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7616 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7620 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7621 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7622 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7624 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7630 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7631 || (child->die_parent
7632 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7634 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7635 if (p->die_sib == child)
7637 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7641 add_child_die (parent, child);
7644 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7646 static inline dw_die_ref
7647 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7649 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7651 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7653 if (parent_die != NULL)
7654 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7657 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7659 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7660 limbo_node->die = die;
7661 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7662 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7663 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7669 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7671 static inline dw_die_ref
7672 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7674 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7677 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7680 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7682 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7685 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7688 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7690 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7693 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7696 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7698 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7701 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7703 static inline dw_die_ref
7704 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7706 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7709 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7712 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7714 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7717 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7721 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7723 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7726 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7728 static inline var_loc_list *
7729 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7731 if (!decl_loc_table)
7733 return (var_loc_list *)
7734 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7737 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7740 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7742 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7745 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7747 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7750 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7752 static struct var_loc_node *
7753 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7755 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7758 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7760 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7763 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7764 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7768 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7772 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7773 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7774 we have nothing to do. */
7775 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7776 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7777 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7778 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7779 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7780 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7781 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7782 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7784 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7785 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7786 temp->last->next = loc;
7792 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7799 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7800 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7801 the DIE internal representation. */
7802 static int print_indent;
7804 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7807 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7809 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7812 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7815 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7819 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7820 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7823 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7824 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7827 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7833 print_spaces (outfile);
7834 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7835 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7836 print_spaces (outfile);
7837 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7838 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7839 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7841 print_spaces (outfile);
7842 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7843 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7844 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7847 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7849 print_spaces (outfile);
7850 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7852 switch (AT_class (a))
7854 case dw_val_class_addr:
7855 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7857 case dw_val_class_offset:
7858 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7860 case dw_val_class_loc:
7861 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7863 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7864 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7865 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7867 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7868 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7870 case dw_val_class_const:
7871 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7873 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7874 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7876 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7877 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7878 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7879 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7880 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7882 case dw_val_class_vec:
7883 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7885 case dw_val_class_flag:
7886 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7888 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7889 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7891 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7893 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7894 print_signature (outfile,
7895 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7897 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7898 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7899 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7901 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7904 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7906 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7907 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7908 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7909 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7911 case dw_val_class_str:
7912 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7913 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7915 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7917 case dw_val_class_file:
7918 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7919 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7921 case dw_val_class_data8:
7925 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7926 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7933 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7936 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7939 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7942 if (print_indent == 0)
7943 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7946 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7947 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7950 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7953 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7955 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7956 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7958 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7959 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7960 line_info->dw_file_num,
7961 line_info->dw_line_num);
7964 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7967 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7970 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7972 print_die (die, stderr);
7975 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7976 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7982 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7983 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7984 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
7987 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7988 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7989 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7992 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
7994 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
7995 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
7997 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8001 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8004 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8006 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8008 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8012 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8013 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8015 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8018 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8022 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8024 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8025 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8028 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8031 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8033 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8036 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8038 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8039 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8040 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8043 switch (AT_class (at))
8045 case dw_val_class_const:
8046 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8048 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8049 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8051 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8052 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8054 case dw_val_class_vec:
8055 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8057 case dw_val_class_flag:
8058 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8060 case dw_val_class_str:
8061 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8064 case dw_val_class_addr:
8066 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8067 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8070 case dw_val_class_offset:
8071 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8074 case dw_val_class_loc:
8075 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8076 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8079 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8080 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8083 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8084 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8085 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8086 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8089 case dw_val_class_file:
8090 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8093 case dw_val_class_data8:
8094 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8102 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8105 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8111 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8114 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8117 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8119 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8121 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8122 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8124 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8128 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8130 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8131 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8132 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8133 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8134 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8135 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8136 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8138 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8141 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8148 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8150 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8151 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8160 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8163 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8167 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8170 /* More bytes to follow. */
8178 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8179 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8182 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8186 int tag = die->die_tag;
8188 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8189 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8190 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8193 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8195 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8199 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8200 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8202 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8203 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8205 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8208 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8211 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8213 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8214 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8215 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8218 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8222 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8225 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8226 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8227 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8228 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8232 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8235 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8236 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8238 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8241 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8243 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8245 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8246 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8247 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8248 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8249 is complete or not. */
8250 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8251 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8252 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8253 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8254 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8255 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8256 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8258 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8260 if (name_attr != NULL)
8262 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8266 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8267 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8268 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8269 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8270 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8271 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8276 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8277 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8278 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8279 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8281 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8282 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8283 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8287 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8291 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8292 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8293 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8294 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8295 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8296 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8301 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8302 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8304 switch (AT_class (at))
8306 case dw_val_class_const:
8307 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8308 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8311 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8312 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8313 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8316 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8317 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8318 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8319 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8322 case dw_val_class_vec:
8323 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8324 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8325 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8328 case dw_val_class_flag:
8329 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8333 case dw_val_class_str:
8334 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8335 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8338 case dw_val_class_addr:
8340 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8342 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8345 case dw_val_class_offset:
8346 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8350 case dw_val_class_loc:
8351 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8352 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8355 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8356 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8357 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8358 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8361 case dw_val_class_file:
8362 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8363 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8366 case dw_val_class_data8:
8367 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8375 struct checksum_attributes
8377 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8378 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8379 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8380 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8381 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8382 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8426 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8429 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8434 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8445 attrs->at_friend = a;
8447 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8448 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8450 case DW_AT_address_class:
8451 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8453 case DW_AT_allocated:
8454 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8456 case DW_AT_artificial:
8457 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8459 case DW_AT_associated:
8460 attrs->at_associated = a;
8462 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8463 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8465 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8466 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8468 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8469 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8471 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8472 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8474 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8475 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8477 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8478 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8480 case DW_AT_const_value:
8481 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8483 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8484 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8487 attrs->at_count = a;
8489 case DW_AT_data_location:
8490 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8492 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8493 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8495 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8496 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8498 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8499 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8501 case DW_AT_default_value:
8502 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8504 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8505 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8508 attrs->at_discr = a;
8510 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8511 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8513 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8514 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8516 case DW_AT_encoding:
8517 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8519 case DW_AT_endianity:
8520 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8522 case DW_AT_explicit:
8523 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8525 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8526 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8528 case DW_AT_location:
8529 attrs->at_location = a;
8531 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8532 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8535 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8537 case DW_AT_ordering:
8538 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8540 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8541 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8543 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8544 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8547 attrs->at_small = a;
8550 attrs->at_segment = a;
8552 case DW_AT_string_length:
8553 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8555 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8556 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8558 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8559 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8561 case DW_AT_use_location:
8562 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8564 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8565 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8567 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8568 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8570 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8571 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8573 case DW_AT_visibility:
8574 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8576 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8577 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8585 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8588 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8592 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8594 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8595 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8597 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8599 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8601 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8602 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8604 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8605 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8606 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8607 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8608 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8652 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8655 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8658 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8659 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8660 && name_attr != NULL)
8662 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8663 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8664 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8668 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8669 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8671 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8673 } while (c != die->die_child);
8675 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8679 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8680 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8681 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8682 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8684 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8685 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8686 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8687 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8688 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8689 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8690 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8693 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8697 unsigned char checksum[16];
8701 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8702 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8704 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8705 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8706 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8708 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8710 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8712 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8713 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8714 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8716 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8717 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8718 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8720 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8723 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8725 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8727 die->die_mark = mark;
8729 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8730 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8731 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8733 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8734 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8735 unmark_all_dies (die);
8736 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8738 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8739 type node together. */
8740 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8741 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8742 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8743 type_node->type_die = die;
8745 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8748 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8751 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8753 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8755 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8756 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8757 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8760 /* Do the values look the same? */
8762 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8764 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8767 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8770 switch (v1->val_class)
8772 case dw_val_class_const:
8773 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8774 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8775 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8776 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8777 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8778 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8779 case dw_val_class_vec:
8780 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8781 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8783 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8784 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8787 case dw_val_class_flag:
8788 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8789 case dw_val_class_str:
8790 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8792 case dw_val_class_addr:
8793 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8794 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8795 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8797 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8799 case dw_val_class_offset:
8800 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8802 case dw_val_class_loc:
8803 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8805 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8806 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8808 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8810 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8811 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8813 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8814 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8815 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8816 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8819 case dw_val_class_file:
8820 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8822 case dw_val_class_data8:
8823 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8830 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8833 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8835 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8838 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8839 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8840 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8843 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8846 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8849 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8855 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8857 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8858 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8860 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8863 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8864 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8867 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8868 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8871 c1 = die1->die_child;
8872 c2 = die2->die_child;
8881 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8885 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8887 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8897 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8900 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8903 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8905 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8906 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8911 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8913 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8915 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8916 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8918 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8919 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8922 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8924 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8925 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8926 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8929 unsigned char checksum[16];
8932 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8933 the name filename of the unit. */
8935 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8937 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8938 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8939 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8941 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8942 clean_symbol_name (name);
8944 p = name + strlen (name);
8945 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8947 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8951 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8952 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8955 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8958 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8960 switch (die->die_tag)
8962 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8963 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8964 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8965 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8966 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8967 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8968 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
8969 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8970 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8971 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8972 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8973 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8974 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8975 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8980 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8981 case DW_TAG_typedef:
8988 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8989 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8990 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8991 compilations (functions). */
8994 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
8996 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8997 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8998 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8999 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9001 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9004 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9005 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9006 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9007 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9008 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9010 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9012 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9015 return is_type_die (c);
9018 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9019 compilation unit. */
9022 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9024 return (is_type_die (c)
9025 || is_declaration_die (c)
9026 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9027 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9031 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9035 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9036 return xstrdup (buf);
9039 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9042 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9046 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9048 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9050 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9052 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9053 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9054 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9057 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9060 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9063 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9066 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9067 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9070 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9072 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9074 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9075 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9077 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9081 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9083 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9084 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9085 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9087 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9091 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9093 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9094 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9104 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9107 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9109 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9110 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9112 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9114 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9115 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9119 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9121 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9127 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9131 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9133 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9134 entry->next = *slot;
9140 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9142 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9144 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9146 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9147 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9151 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9154 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9155 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9156 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9159 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9162 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9163 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9164 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9168 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9170 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9171 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9173 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9175 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9176 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9178 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9179 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9180 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9181 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9183 add_child_die (unit, c);
9185 if (c == die->die_child)
9188 } while (c != die->die_child);
9191 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9192 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9196 assign_symbol_names (die);
9197 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9198 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9204 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9205 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9206 &comdat_symbol_number);
9207 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9209 *pnode = node->next;
9212 pnode = &node->next;
9213 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9214 comdat_symbol_number);
9217 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9220 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9223 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9228 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9229 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9235 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9236 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9239 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9241 switch (die->die_tag)
9243 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9244 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9245 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9246 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9247 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9248 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9251 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9252 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9253 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9254 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9258 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9259 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9260 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9261 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9262 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9263 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9264 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9265 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9266 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9272 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9275 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9281 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9282 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9284 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9285 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9290 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9293 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9296 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9298 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9303 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9306 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9313 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9314 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9315 return clone_die (die);
9317 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9318 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9320 return clone_die (decl);
9322 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9323 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9325 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9327 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9328 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9329 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9333 case DW_AT_artificial:
9334 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9335 case DW_AT_external:
9338 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9339 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9340 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9341 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9343 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9349 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9350 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9352 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9356 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9357 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9358 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9359 attached to the specification. */
9362 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9365 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9367 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9376 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9377 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9378 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9380 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9382 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9384 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9385 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9386 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9387 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9390 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9393 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9394 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9395 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9397 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9398 if (new_decl != NULL)
9400 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9401 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9406 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9407 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9410 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9412 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9415 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9417 if (node->parent != NULL)
9419 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9420 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9424 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9425 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9426 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9429 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9431 skeleton_chain_node node;
9434 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9435 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9437 node.parent = parent;
9439 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9443 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9446 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9448 node.new_die = NULL;
9449 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9451 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9452 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9453 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9454 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9455 move_all_children (c, clone);
9457 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9458 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9459 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9463 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9464 } while (next != NULL);
9467 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9470 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9472 skeleton_chain_node node;
9475 node.new_die = NULL;
9478 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9479 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9480 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9481 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9483 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9484 return node.new_die;
9487 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9488 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9489 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9490 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9491 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9492 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9495 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9497 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9499 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9500 if (skeleton == NULL)
9501 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9504 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9505 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9511 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9512 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9515 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9519 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9520 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9521 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9523 first = c = die->die_child;
9527 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9530 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9531 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9533 dw_die_ref replacement;
9534 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9536 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9537 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9538 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9539 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9540 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9541 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9542 type_node->root_die = unit;
9543 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9544 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9546 /* Generate the type signature. */
9547 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9549 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9550 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9551 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9553 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9554 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9556 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9557 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9559 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9560 add_child_die (unit, c);
9562 if (replacement != NULL)
9565 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9566 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9567 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9568 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9570 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9571 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9573 } while (next != NULL);
9576 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9578 struct decl_table_entry
9584 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9587 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9589 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9590 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9592 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9596 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9598 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9599 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9600 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9602 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9606 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9608 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9613 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9614 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9615 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9616 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9619 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9621 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9622 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9625 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9629 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9630 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9631 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9632 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9634 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9638 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9639 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9647 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9650 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9651 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9652 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9655 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9656 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9658 if (decl_table != NULL)
9660 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9662 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9669 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9670 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9674 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9680 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9682 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9684 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9685 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9687 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9689 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9692 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9693 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9695 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9697 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9698 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9699 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9700 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9704 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9705 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9707 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9711 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9712 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9713 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9714 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9715 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9720 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9721 into the new type unit. */
9722 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9723 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9724 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9725 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9728 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9729 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9731 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9732 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9733 get visited otherwise. */
9735 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9740 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9743 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9744 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9745 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9746 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9747 don't have an external reference. */
9750 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9755 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9756 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9757 htab_delete (decl_table);
9761 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9762 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9763 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9766 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9770 if (! die->die_child)
9773 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9774 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9776 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9779 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9782 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9788 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9789 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9790 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9792 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9795 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9796 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9797 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9798 die are visited recursively. */
9801 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9803 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9804 unsigned int n_alloc;
9809 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9810 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9811 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9812 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9813 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9815 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9816 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9819 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9821 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9822 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9826 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9828 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9831 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9832 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9835 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9837 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9838 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9839 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9849 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9851 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9853 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9854 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9857 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9858 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9859 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9862 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9863 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9866 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9867 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9870 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9873 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9880 log = floor_log2 (value);
9883 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9888 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9889 .debug_info section. */
9891 static unsigned long
9892 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9894 unsigned long size = 0;
9898 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9899 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9901 switch (AT_class (a))
9903 case dw_val_class_addr:
9904 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9906 case dw_val_class_offset:
9907 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9909 case dw_val_class_loc:
9911 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9914 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9915 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
9917 size += constant_size (lsize);
9921 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9922 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9924 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9925 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9927 case dw_val_class_const:
9928 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9930 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9931 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9933 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9934 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9935 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9938 case dw_val_class_vec:
9939 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9940 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9941 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9942 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9944 case dw_val_class_flag:
9945 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9946 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9947 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9948 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9949 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9950 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9951 the same abbrev entry. */
9952 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
9956 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9957 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9959 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9960 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9961 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9962 it's always sized as an offset. */
9963 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9964 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9965 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9966 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9968 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9971 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9974 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9976 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9977 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9979 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9980 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9981 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9983 case dw_val_class_str:
9984 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9985 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9987 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9989 case dw_val_class_file:
9990 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9992 case dw_val_class_data8:
10003 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10004 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10005 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10006 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10009 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10013 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10014 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10016 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10018 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10019 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10020 next_die_offset += 1;
10023 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10024 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10025 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10026 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10029 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10033 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10036 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10039 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10042 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10046 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10047 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10050 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10053 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10056 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10062 if (!die->die_mark)
10066 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10068 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10069 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10070 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10073 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10074 generated for the compilation unit. */
10076 static unsigned long
10077 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10079 unsigned long size;
10083 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10084 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10085 if (names != pubtype_table
10086 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10087 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10088 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10090 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10094 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10096 static unsigned long
10097 size_of_aranges (void)
10099 unsigned long size;
10101 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10103 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10104 if (text_section_used)
10105 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10106 if (cold_text_section_used)
10107 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10108 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10110 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10111 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10115 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10117 static enum dwarf_form
10118 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10120 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10122 case dw_val_class_addr:
10123 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10124 switch (a->dw_attr)
10127 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10128 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10129 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10130 return DW_FORM_addr;
10134 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10137 return DW_FORM_data1;
10139 return DW_FORM_data2;
10141 return DW_FORM_data4;
10143 return DW_FORM_data8;
10145 gcc_unreachable ();
10147 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10148 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10149 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10150 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10152 case dw_val_class_offset:
10153 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10156 return DW_FORM_data4;
10158 return DW_FORM_data8;
10160 gcc_unreachable ();
10162 case dw_val_class_loc:
10163 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10164 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10165 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10168 return DW_FORM_block1;
10170 return DW_FORM_block2;
10172 gcc_unreachable ();
10174 case dw_val_class_const:
10175 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10176 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10177 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10180 return DW_FORM_data1;
10182 return DW_FORM_data2;
10184 return DW_FORM_data4;
10186 return DW_FORM_data8;
10188 gcc_unreachable ();
10190 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10191 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10194 return DW_FORM_data2;
10196 return DW_FORM_data4;
10198 return DW_FORM_data8;
10201 return DW_FORM_block1;
10203 case dw_val_class_vec:
10204 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10205 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10208 return DW_FORM_block1;
10210 return DW_FORM_block2;
10212 return DW_FORM_block4;
10214 gcc_unreachable ();
10216 case dw_val_class_flag:
10217 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10219 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10220 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10221 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10222 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10223 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10224 the same abbrev entry. */
10225 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10226 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10228 return DW_FORM_flag;
10229 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10230 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10231 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10233 return DW_FORM_ref;
10234 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10235 return DW_FORM_data;
10236 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10237 return DW_FORM_addr;
10238 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10239 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10240 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10241 case dw_val_class_str:
10242 return AT_string_form (a);
10243 case dw_val_class_file:
10244 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10247 return DW_FORM_data1;
10249 return DW_FORM_data2;
10251 return DW_FORM_data4;
10253 gcc_unreachable ();
10256 case dw_val_class_data8:
10257 return DW_FORM_data8;
10260 gcc_unreachable ();
10264 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10267 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10269 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10271 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10274 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10278 output_abbrev_section (void)
10280 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10282 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10284 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10286 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10288 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10289 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10290 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10292 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10293 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10297 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10300 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10301 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10302 output_value_format (a_attr);
10305 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10306 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10309 /* Terminate the table. */
10310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10313 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10316 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10318 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10323 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10324 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10325 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10327 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10329 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10332 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10335 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10336 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10337 const char *section)
10339 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10341 retlist->begin = begin;
10342 retlist->end = end;
10343 retlist->expr = expr;
10344 retlist->section = section;
10349 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10350 hasn't got one yet. */
10353 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10355 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10356 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10359 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10362 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10364 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10366 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10368 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10369 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10371 unsigned long size;
10372 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10373 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10375 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10377 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10378 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10379 list_head->ll_symbol);
10380 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10381 "Location list end address (%s)",
10382 list_head->ll_symbol);
10386 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10387 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10388 list_head->ll_symbol);
10389 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10390 "Location list end address (%s)",
10391 list_head->ll_symbol);
10393 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10395 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10396 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10397 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10399 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10402 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10403 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10404 list_head->ll_symbol);
10405 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10406 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10407 list_head->ll_symbol);
10410 /* Output a type signature. */
10413 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10417 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10421 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10422 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10425 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10429 unsigned long size;
10432 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10433 them to point to. */
10434 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10435 output_die_symbol (die);
10437 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10438 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10439 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10441 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10443 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10445 switch (AT_class (a))
10447 case dw_val_class_addr:
10448 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10451 case dw_val_class_offset:
10452 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10456 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10458 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10460 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10461 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10462 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10463 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10468 case dw_val_class_loc:
10469 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10471 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10472 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10473 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10475 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10477 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10480 case dw_val_class_const:
10481 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10482 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10483 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10484 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10487 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10488 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10489 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10492 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10494 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10496 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10497 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10498 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10499 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10502 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10504 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10505 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10509 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10510 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10513 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10515 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10520 case dw_val_class_vec:
10522 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10523 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10527 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10528 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10529 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10534 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10536 i++, p += elt_size)
10537 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10538 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10542 case dw_val_class_flag:
10543 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10545 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10546 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10547 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10548 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10549 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10550 the same abbrev entry. */
10551 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10552 if (flag_debug_asm)
10553 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10554 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10560 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10562 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10565 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10570 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10571 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10573 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10575 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10576 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10578 gcc_assert (type_node);
10579 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10583 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10587 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10588 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10590 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10591 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10593 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10594 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10600 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10601 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10606 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10611 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10612 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10617 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10618 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10621 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10622 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10623 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10626 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10627 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10628 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10631 case dw_val_class_str:
10632 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10633 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10634 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10636 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10638 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10641 case dw_val_class_file:
10643 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10645 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10646 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10650 case dw_val_class_data8:
10654 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10656 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10661 gcc_unreachable ();
10665 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10667 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10668 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10670 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10673 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10674 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10677 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10679 int ver = dwarf_version;
10681 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10682 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10683 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10684 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10685 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10686 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10687 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10688 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10689 debug_abbrev_section,
10690 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10694 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10697 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10699 const char *secname;
10700 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10702 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10703 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10706 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10707 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10708 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10709 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10710 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10713 build_abbrev_table (die);
10715 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10716 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10717 calc_die_sizes (die);
10719 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10722 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10724 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10726 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10727 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10730 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10732 /* Output debugging information. */
10733 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10736 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10737 output_pubnames. */
10741 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10745 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10748 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10750 const char *secname;
10753 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10757 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10758 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10760 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10762 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10763 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10764 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10766 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10767 secname = ".debug_types";
10768 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10769 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10770 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10771 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10772 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10773 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10774 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10777 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10778 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10779 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10780 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10782 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10785 /* Output debugging information. */
10786 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10787 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10788 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10789 "Offset to Type DIE");
10790 output_die (node->root_die);
10792 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10795 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10797 static const char *
10798 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10800 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10803 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10806 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10811 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10812 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10816 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10818 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10820 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10822 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10826 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10829 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10834 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10835 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10836 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10841 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10843 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10844 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10845 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10846 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10847 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10849 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10854 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10856 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10859 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10860 it to the table. */
10861 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10862 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10866 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10867 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10870 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10873 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10876 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10877 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10878 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10879 if (names == pubname_table)
10880 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10881 "Length of Public Names Info");
10883 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10884 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10885 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10886 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10887 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10888 debug_info_section,
10889 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10890 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10891 "Compilation Unit Length");
10893 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10895 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10896 if (names == pubname_table)
10897 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10899 if (names != pubtype_table
10900 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10901 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10903 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10906 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10910 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10913 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10916 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10918 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10921 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10923 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10924 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10925 arange_table_allocated);
10926 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10927 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10930 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10933 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10934 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10935 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10938 output_aranges (void)
10941 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10943 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10944 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10945 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10946 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10947 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10948 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10949 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10950 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10951 debug_info_section,
10952 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10956 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10957 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10959 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10961 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10962 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10963 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10964 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10967 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10968 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10969 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10970 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10971 confused with the terminator. */
10972 if (text_section_used)
10974 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10975 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10976 text_section_label, "Length");
10978 if (cold_text_section_used)
10980 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10982 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10983 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10986 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10988 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10990 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10991 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10993 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10995 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10997 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10998 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11002 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11003 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11004 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11005 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11006 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11008 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11011 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11013 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11014 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11015 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11016 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11021 /* Output the terminator words. */
11022 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11023 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11026 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11029 static unsigned int
11030 add_ranges_num (int num)
11032 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11034 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11036 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11037 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11038 ranges_table_allocated);
11039 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11040 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11043 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11044 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11046 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11049 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11050 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11052 static unsigned int
11053 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11055 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11058 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11062 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11065 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11066 unsigned int offset;
11068 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11070 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11071 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11073 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11074 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11075 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11076 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11079 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11080 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11081 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11083 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11086 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11092 output_ranges (void)
11095 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11096 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11098 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11100 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11104 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11105 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11107 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11108 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11110 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11111 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11112 base of the text section. */
11113 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11115 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11116 text_section_label,
11117 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11118 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11119 text_section_label, NULL);
11122 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11123 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11124 about whether the target supports cross-section
11128 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11129 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11130 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11136 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11137 else if (block_num < 0)
11139 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11141 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11143 gcc_unreachable ();
11145 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11146 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11147 the #if 0 above. */
11148 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11149 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11150 text_section_label,
11151 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11152 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11153 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11154 text_section_label, NULL);
11159 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11160 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11161 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11162 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11163 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11169 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11170 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11176 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11179 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11180 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11181 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11182 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11183 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11186 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11190 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11191 int length; /* Path length. */
11192 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11193 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11194 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11197 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11198 the directories in the path. */
11201 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11203 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11204 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11205 const unsigned char *cp1;
11206 const unsigned char *cp2;
11208 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11209 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11210 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11211 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11212 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11213 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11214 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11216 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11217 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11223 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11224 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11225 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11226 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11227 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11229 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11230 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11231 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11235 struct file_name_acquire_data
11237 struct file_info *files;
11242 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11245 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11247 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11248 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11249 struct file_info *fi;
11252 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11254 if (! d->emitted_number)
11257 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11259 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11261 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11263 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11266 /* Create a new array entry. */
11268 fi->length = strlen (f);
11271 /* Search for the file name part. */
11272 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11273 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11275 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11279 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11285 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11289 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11290 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11291 slowdowns with many input files. */
11294 output_file_names (void)
11296 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11298 struct file_info *files;
11299 struct dir_info *dirs;
11307 if (!last_emitted_file)
11309 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11314 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11316 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11317 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11318 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11320 fnad.files = files;
11321 fnad.used_files = 0;
11322 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11323 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11324 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11326 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11328 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11329 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11330 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11331 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11333 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11334 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11337 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11338 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11339 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11340 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11342 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11343 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11344 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11350 /* This is a new directory. */
11351 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11352 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11353 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11354 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11355 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11357 /* Search for a prefix. */
11358 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11359 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11360 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11361 && dirs[j].length > 1
11362 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11363 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11364 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11365 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11370 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11371 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11372 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11373 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11374 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11375 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11376 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11377 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11379 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11380 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11385 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11386 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11387 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11388 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11390 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11393 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11395 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11399 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11400 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11401 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11405 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11406 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11408 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11409 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11414 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11416 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11418 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11419 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11420 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11422 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11423 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11425 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11426 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11431 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11432 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11433 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11434 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11436 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11437 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11439 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11441 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11442 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11443 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11444 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11445 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11446 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11448 /* Now write all the file names. */
11449 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11451 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11452 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11454 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11455 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11457 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11458 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11463 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11464 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11465 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11466 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11468 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11469 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11470 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11472 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11473 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11475 /* Include directory index. */
11476 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11478 /* Modification time. */
11479 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11480 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11484 /* File length in bytes. */
11485 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11486 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11490 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11491 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11493 /* Include directory index. */
11494 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11496 /* Modification time. */
11497 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11499 /* File length in bytes. */
11500 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11504 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11508 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11509 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11512 output_line_info (void)
11514 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11515 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11516 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11518 unsigned n_op_args;
11519 unsigned long lt_index;
11520 unsigned long current_line;
11523 unsigned long current_file;
11524 unsigned long function;
11525 int ver = dwarf_version;
11527 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11528 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11529 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11530 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11532 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11533 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11534 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11535 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11536 "Length of Source Line Info");
11537 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11539 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11540 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11541 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11543 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11544 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11545 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11546 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11547 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11548 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11549 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11550 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11551 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11552 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11555 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11556 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11558 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11560 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11561 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11562 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11563 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11564 "Special Opcode Base");
11566 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11570 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11571 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11572 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11573 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11574 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11582 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11586 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11587 output_file_names ();
11588 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11590 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11591 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11592 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11594 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11595 a series of state machine operations. */
11599 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11600 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11602 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11603 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11605 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11608 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11609 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11612 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11613 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11614 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11615 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11616 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11620 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11622 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11623 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11624 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11625 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11626 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11627 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11629 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11632 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11634 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11635 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11639 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11640 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11642 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11644 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11647 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11649 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11650 different from the previous line. */
11651 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11653 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11654 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11655 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11658 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11659 that uses the least amount of space. */
11660 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11662 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11663 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11664 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11665 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11666 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11667 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11670 "line %lu", current_line);
11673 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11674 depending on the value being encoded. */
11675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11676 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11677 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11682 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11683 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11686 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11690 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11691 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11696 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11698 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11701 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11702 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11708 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11710 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11711 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11714 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11715 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11716 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11717 && line_info->function == function)
11721 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11722 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11723 to handle it differently. */
11724 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11726 if (function != line_info->function)
11728 function = line_info->function;
11730 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11732 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11734 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11738 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11742 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11743 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11748 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11750 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11754 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11756 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11757 different from the previous line. */
11758 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11760 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11762 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11765 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11766 that uses the least amount of space. */
11767 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11769 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11770 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11771 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11772 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11774 "line %lu", current_line);
11777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11778 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11779 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11792 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11793 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11794 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11799 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11804 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11805 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11809 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11810 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11812 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11815 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11816 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11817 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11822 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11826 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11828 static unsigned long
11829 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11831 unsigned long size;
11834 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11836 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11837 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11839 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11840 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11842 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11843 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11844 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11846 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11847 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11848 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11850 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11851 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11853 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11859 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11860 identical function have been merged. */
11863 output_dcall_table (void)
11866 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11868 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11869 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11871 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11872 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11873 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11874 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11875 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11876 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11877 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11878 debug_info_section,
11879 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11882 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11884 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11885 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11887 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11888 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11891 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11892 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11893 "Caller DIE offset");
11896 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11897 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11899 "Callee DIE offset");
11903 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11905 static unsigned long
11906 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11908 unsigned long size;
11912 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11915 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11916 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11917 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11922 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11923 identical function have been merged. */
11926 output_vcall_table (void)
11929 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11931 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11933 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11934 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11935 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11936 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11937 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11938 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11941 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11943 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11944 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11945 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11949 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11950 a DIE that describes the given type.
11952 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11953 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11956 base_type_die (tree type)
11958 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11959 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11961 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11964 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11965 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11966 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11967 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11969 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11972 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11974 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11975 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11977 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11979 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11980 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11982 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11986 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11988 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11989 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11991 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11994 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11997 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11998 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11999 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12000 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12001 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12003 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12006 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12007 a user defined type for it. */
12009 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12010 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12012 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12016 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12017 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12021 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12022 gcc_unreachable ();
12025 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12027 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12028 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12029 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12031 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12032 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12033 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12035 return base_type_result;
12038 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12039 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12042 is_base_type (tree type)
12044 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12050 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12058 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12059 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12060 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12063 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12070 gcc_unreachable ();
12076 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12077 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12078 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12079 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12080 ERROR_MARK node. */
12082 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12083 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12085 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12086 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12087 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12089 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12090 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12092 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12095 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12096 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12099 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12101 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12102 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12104 if (context_die == NULL)
12105 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12107 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12109 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12111 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12112 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12113 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12117 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12119 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12121 return subrange_die;
12124 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12125 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12128 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12129 dw_die_ref context_die)
12131 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12132 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12133 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12134 tree item_type = NULL;
12135 tree qualified_type;
12136 tree name, low, high;
12138 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12141 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12144 = get_qualified_type (type,
12145 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12146 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12148 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12149 if (qualified_type)
12151 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12153 return mod_type_die;
12156 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12158 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12159 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12160 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12162 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12164 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12166 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12167 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12168 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12170 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12171 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12172 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12173 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12174 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12175 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12176 type to which it refers. */
12177 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12178 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12180 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12185 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12186 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12188 else if (is_volatile_type)
12190 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12191 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12193 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12195 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12196 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12197 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12198 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12199 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12200 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12201 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12203 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12205 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12206 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12209 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12210 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12211 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12212 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12213 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12214 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12215 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12217 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12218 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12219 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12221 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12222 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12224 else if (is_base_type (type))
12225 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12228 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12230 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12231 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12232 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12233 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12234 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12236 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12237 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12239 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12240 not the main variant. */
12241 return lookup_type_die (type);
12244 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12245 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12246 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12247 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12248 if the base type already has the same name. */
12250 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12251 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12252 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12253 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12254 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12255 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12257 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12258 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12259 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12260 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12261 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12262 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12265 if (qualified_type)
12266 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12269 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12270 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12271 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12272 types are possible in Ada. */
12273 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12274 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12275 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12278 if (sub_die != NULL)
12279 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12281 return mod_type_die;
12284 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12285 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12286 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12289 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12293 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12295 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12299 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12300 else if (DECL_P (t))
12301 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12305 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12307 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12308 or function. End of story. */
12311 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12312 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12313 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12315 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12317 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12318 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12319 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12320 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12322 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12324 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12325 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12326 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12327 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12328 an argument pack. */
12329 if (arg_pack_elems)
12330 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12334 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12335 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12340 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12341 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12342 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12343 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12344 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12346 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12347 as a child node. */
12350 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12352 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12354 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12355 const char *name = NULL;
12357 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12360 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12361 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12362 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12364 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12365 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12366 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12367 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12368 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12369 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12370 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12371 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12372 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12373 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12374 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12375 name of the template template argument. */
12376 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12379 gcc_unreachable ();
12385 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12386 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12387 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12388 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12392 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12394 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12397 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12399 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12400 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12401 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12402 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12403 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12404 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12405 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12406 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12411 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12412 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12413 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12415 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12416 to the name of the argument. */
12417 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12419 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12422 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12423 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12424 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12425 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12427 We must be careful here:
12428 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12429 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12430 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12431 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12432 emitted after cgraph computations.
12433 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12434 after cgraph is ready. */
12435 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12441 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12442 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12443 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12446 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12447 tree parm_pack_args,
12448 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12453 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12455 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12456 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12457 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12458 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12459 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12460 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12465 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12466 an enumerated type. */
12469 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12471 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12474 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12476 static unsigned int
12477 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12479 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12481 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12483 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12484 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12486 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12487 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12488 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12492 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12495 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12496 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12497 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12500 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12502 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12504 if (*list_head != NULL)
12506 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12507 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12510 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12511 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12515 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12516 zero if there is none. */
12518 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12519 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12523 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12526 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12528 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12529 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12531 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12534 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12535 a given hard register number. */
12537 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12538 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12540 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12544 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12546 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12548 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12549 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12551 return reg_loc_descr;
12554 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12555 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12557 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12558 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12559 enum var_init_status initialized)
12561 int nregs, size, i;
12563 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12566 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12567 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12569 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12570 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12571 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12574 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12575 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12577 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12578 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12580 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12585 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12587 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12588 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12589 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12590 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12596 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12598 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12600 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12603 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12605 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12607 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12608 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12609 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12610 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12611 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12614 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12615 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12619 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12621 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12623 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12625 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12626 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12628 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12630 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12631 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12635 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12636 else if (i <= 0xff)
12637 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12638 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12639 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12640 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12641 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12642 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12649 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12650 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12651 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12652 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12653 || i >= -0x80000000)
12654 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12659 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12663 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12664 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12665 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12667 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12668 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12671 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12673 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12680 else if (i <= 0xff)
12682 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12684 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12685 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12688 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12694 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12696 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12697 || i >= -0x80000000)
12700 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12702 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12703 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12704 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12705 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12706 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12707 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12709 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12710 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12711 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12715 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12717 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12718 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12722 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12724 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12725 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12726 enum var_init_status initialized)
12728 unsigned int regno;
12729 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12730 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12732 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12733 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12734 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12735 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12736 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12738 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12742 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12744 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12745 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12747 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12748 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12749 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12750 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12751 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12752 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12754 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12755 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12756 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12757 access stack variables. */
12758 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12759 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12762 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12763 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12764 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12765 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12768 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12769 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12774 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12775 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12777 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12778 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12779 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12780 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12781 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12782 else in other part of the routine. */
12783 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12786 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12788 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12791 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12793 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12794 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12799 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12802 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12804 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12805 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12806 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12807 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12810 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12813 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12814 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12817 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12819 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12822 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12824 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12825 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12828 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12829 if (loc_result == NULL)
12832 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12833 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12838 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12842 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12844 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12846 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12848 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12851 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12852 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12854 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12858 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12859 or via for_each_rtx. */
12862 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12866 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12868 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12869 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12870 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12871 inform (current_function_decl
12872 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12873 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12874 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12877 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12878 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12882 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12885 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12888 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12889 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12890 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12893 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12894 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12899 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12902 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12903 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12904 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12905 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12906 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12907 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12909 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12911 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12913 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12914 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12922 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12923 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12924 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12927 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12929 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12930 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12932 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12933 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12938 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12939 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12940 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12941 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12943 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12944 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12945 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12946 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12948 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12949 autoincrement addressing modes.
12951 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12952 location list for RTL.
12954 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12956 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12957 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12958 enum var_init_status initialized)
12960 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12961 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12962 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12964 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12965 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12966 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12967 zeroth element of the array. */
12969 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12971 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12976 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12979 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12980 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12981 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12982 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12983 contains the given subreg. */
12984 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12986 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12987 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12989 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12991 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12995 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12996 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12997 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12998 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12999 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13000 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13001 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13002 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13003 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13004 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13005 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13006 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13007 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13008 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13009 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13010 else if (stack_realign_drap
13012 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13013 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13015 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13016 out, use DRAP instead. */
13017 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13018 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13024 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13025 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13030 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13031 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13032 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13033 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13037 mem_loc_result = op0;
13038 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13039 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13040 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13041 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13046 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13047 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13048 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13049 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13050 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13052 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13054 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13057 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13058 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13060 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13061 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13062 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13066 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13067 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13068 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13073 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13075 /* ... fall through ... */
13078 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13079 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13083 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13084 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13086 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13088 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13089 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13092 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13093 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13094 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13095 temp->dtprel = true;
13097 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13098 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13103 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13107 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13108 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13109 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13110 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13116 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13117 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13121 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13122 PLUS code below. */
13123 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13128 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13130 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13131 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13132 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13133 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13135 /* ... fall through ... */
13139 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13140 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13141 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13142 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13145 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13146 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13147 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13150 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13151 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13154 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13155 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13156 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13157 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13159 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13160 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13161 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13166 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13167 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13209 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13210 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13211 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13212 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13214 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13217 mem_loc_result = op0;
13218 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13219 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13223 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13224 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13225 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13226 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13228 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13231 mem_loc_result = op0;
13232 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13233 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13234 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13235 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13236 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13237 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13253 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13254 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13259 mem_loc_result = op0;
13260 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13264 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13292 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13293 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13297 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13299 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13300 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13301 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13304 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13305 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13306 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13307 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13309 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13312 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13313 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13315 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13316 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13317 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13318 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13319 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13321 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13323 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13324 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13327 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13328 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13330 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13331 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13332 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13333 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13334 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13335 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13336 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13337 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13338 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13339 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13340 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13341 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13342 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13343 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13344 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13345 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13346 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13349 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13350 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13351 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13352 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13355 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13356 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13362 mem_loc_result = op0;
13363 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13364 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13365 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13367 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13368 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13369 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13390 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13391 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13395 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13397 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13398 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13399 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13402 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13403 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13404 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13405 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13407 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13410 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13411 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13413 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13414 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13416 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13417 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13420 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13421 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13423 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13424 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13425 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13426 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13427 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13428 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13430 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13431 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13433 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13434 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13435 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13436 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13437 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13438 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13440 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13441 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13446 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13447 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13448 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13449 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13450 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13451 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13453 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13463 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13464 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13465 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13468 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13469 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13470 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13471 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13473 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13476 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13477 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13478 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13479 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13481 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13483 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13484 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13485 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13486 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13487 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13491 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13492 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13493 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13494 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13497 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13499 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13500 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13501 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13502 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13503 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13504 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13505 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13508 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13512 mem_loc_result = op0;
13513 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13514 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13516 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13518 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13519 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13520 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13521 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13522 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13523 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13524 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13530 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13531 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13532 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13533 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13534 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13535 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13536 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13539 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13540 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13543 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13547 mem_loc_result = op0;
13548 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13549 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13550 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13551 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13553 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13555 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13556 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13558 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13560 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13562 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13563 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13564 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13574 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13575 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13602 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13604 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13607 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13608 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13610 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13622 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13625 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13626 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13631 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13635 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13636 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13637 gcc_unreachable ();
13643 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13644 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13646 return mem_loc_result;
13649 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13650 This is typically a complex variable. */
13652 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13653 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13655 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13656 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13657 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13658 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13659 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13661 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13664 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13665 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13667 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13668 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13670 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13671 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13673 return cc_loc_result;
13676 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13679 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13680 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13683 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13684 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13686 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13688 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13689 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13691 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13695 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13696 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13699 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13700 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13702 return cc_loc_result;
13705 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13706 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13707 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13708 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13709 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13711 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13712 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13713 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13715 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13717 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13718 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13719 enum var_init_status initialized)
13721 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13723 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13726 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13727 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13728 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13729 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13730 contains the given subreg. */
13731 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13735 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13740 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13744 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13746 if (loc_result == NULL)
13747 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13748 if (loc_result == NULL)
13750 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13751 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13752 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13757 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13762 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13767 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13769 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13770 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13771 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13772 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13776 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13781 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13782 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13783 enum machine_mode mode;
13786 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13787 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13788 VOIDmode, initialized);
13789 if (loc_result == NULL)
13791 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13792 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13793 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13795 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13797 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13798 VOIDmode, initialized);
13801 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13802 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13803 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13809 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13810 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13815 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13816 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13818 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13820 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13822 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13823 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13824 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13825 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13826 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13827 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13828 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13830 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13831 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13833 insert_float (rtl, array);
13834 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13835 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13836 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13837 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13841 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13842 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13843 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13844 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13845 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13851 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13852 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13854 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13856 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13857 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13858 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13862 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13863 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13865 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13866 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13868 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13869 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13871 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13879 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13880 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13884 gcc_unreachable ();
13887 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13888 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13891 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13892 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13894 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13895 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13900 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13901 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13906 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13907 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13909 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13910 insert_float (elt, p);
13915 gcc_unreachable ();
13918 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13919 length * elt_size, 0);
13920 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13921 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13922 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13923 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13928 if (mode == VOIDmode
13929 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13930 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13931 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13933 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13938 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13941 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13942 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13944 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13945 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13946 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13947 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13948 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13953 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13954 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13955 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13957 /* Value expression. */
13958 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13960 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13961 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13969 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13970 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13971 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13972 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13973 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13974 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13976 static const char *
13977 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13979 const char *secname;
13981 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13983 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13984 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13986 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13988 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13989 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13991 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13992 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13994 secname = text_section_label;
13999 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14002 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14004 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14005 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14006 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14009 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14012 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14013 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14014 enum var_init_status initialized)
14016 int have_address = 0;
14017 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14018 enum machine_mode mode;
14020 if (want_address != 2)
14022 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14024 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14026 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14027 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14028 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14029 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14030 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14032 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14033 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14038 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14040 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14044 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14051 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14058 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14059 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14061 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14063 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14064 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14067 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14070 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14071 if (want_address && !have_address)
14073 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14074 "Want address and only have value");
14078 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14079 if (!want_address && have_address)
14081 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14082 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14084 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14086 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14087 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14090 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14093 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14095 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14101 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14102 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14105 static dw_loc_list_ref
14106 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14108 const char *endname, *secname;
14110 enum var_init_status initialized;
14111 struct var_loc_node *node;
14112 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14113 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14114 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14115 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14117 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14118 actually construct the list of locations.
14119 The first location information is what is passed to the
14120 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14121 locations just get added on to that list.
14122 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14123 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14124 the range [current location start, next location start].
14125 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14126 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14128 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14130 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14131 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14133 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14134 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14135 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14136 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14137 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14140 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14142 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14146 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14147 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14148 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14150 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14151 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14152 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14155 if (!current_function_decl)
14156 endname = text_end_label;
14159 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14160 current_function_funcdef_no);
14161 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14164 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14165 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14169 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14170 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14171 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14172 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14173 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14175 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14181 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14182 as location description. */
14185 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14187 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14188 return !list->ll_symbol;
14191 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14194 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14196 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14197 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14198 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14201 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14202 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14203 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14204 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14206 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14207 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14208 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14211 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14215 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14216 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14217 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14218 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14220 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14221 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14222 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14223 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14227 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14236 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14238 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14241 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14243 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14247 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14248 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14249 " location lists.\n");
14254 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14255 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14257 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14258 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14260 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14261 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14262 enum machine_mode mode;
14264 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14269 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14271 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14272 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14274 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14276 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14277 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14280 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14281 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14282 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14285 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14286 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14287 into simple arithmetics. */
14289 static dw_loc_list_ref
14290 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14293 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14294 enum machine_mode mode;
14296 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14297 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14299 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14300 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14301 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14303 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14305 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14308 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14310 expansion_failed (obj,
14311 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14314 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14315 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14317 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14318 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14320 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14325 /* Variable offset. */
14326 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14327 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14329 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14332 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14333 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14335 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14337 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14338 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14340 else if (bytepos < 0)
14341 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14342 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14343 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14349 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14350 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14351 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14352 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14353 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14354 to refer to register values). */
14356 static dw_loc_list_ref
14357 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14359 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14360 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14361 int have_address = 0;
14362 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14364 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14365 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14368 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14371 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14374 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14375 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14376 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14377 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14378 the names of types. */
14379 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14383 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14384 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14387 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14388 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14389 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14390 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14391 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14392 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14396 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14397 e.g. for &this->field. */
14400 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14401 (loc, want_address == 2);
14404 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14405 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14408 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14409 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14410 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14414 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14420 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14423 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14424 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14425 bool dtprel = false;
14427 if (targetm.have_tls)
14429 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14431 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14434 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14435 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14437 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14439 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14441 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14445 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14446 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14448 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14449 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14450 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14453 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14454 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14459 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14460 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14463 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14464 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14465 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14466 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14468 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14469 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14477 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14478 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14483 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14486 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14488 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14490 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14491 have_address = want_address != 0;
14494 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14495 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14497 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14500 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14502 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14503 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14504 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14505 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14507 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14509 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14512 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14514 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14515 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14516 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14520 enum machine_mode mode;
14522 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14523 if (want_address == 2)
14525 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14526 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14531 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14534 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14537 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14540 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14541 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14547 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14548 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14549 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14553 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14554 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14557 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14560 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14562 case COMPONENT_REF:
14563 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14565 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14566 case REALPART_EXPR:
14567 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14570 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14571 enum machine_mode mode;
14573 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14575 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14576 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14578 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14580 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14582 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14583 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14584 for nonzero bitpos. */
14587 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14589 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14590 "bitfield access");
14594 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14596 /* Variable offset. */
14597 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14598 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14600 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14603 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14606 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14608 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14609 else if (bytepos < 0)
14610 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14617 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14618 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14620 else if (want_address == 2
14621 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14622 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14623 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14624 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14626 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14627 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14630 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14631 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14640 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14643 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14644 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14645 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14648 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14649 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14654 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14659 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14660 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14665 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14666 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14667 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14668 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14669 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14678 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14679 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14680 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14681 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14682 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14687 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14688 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14689 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14692 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14695 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14696 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14697 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14698 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14699 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14711 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14714 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14716 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14717 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14719 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14723 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14731 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14738 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14745 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14752 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14767 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14768 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14769 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14772 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14775 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14778 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14792 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14796 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14802 const enum tree_code code =
14803 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14805 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14806 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14807 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14808 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14811 /* ... fall through ... */
14815 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14816 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14817 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14818 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14819 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14821 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14822 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14825 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14826 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14828 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14829 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14830 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14832 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14833 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14834 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14836 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14837 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14838 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14839 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14840 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14844 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14848 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14849 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14850 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14851 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14853 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14854 "language specific tree node");
14858 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14859 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14860 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14861 gcc_unreachable ();
14863 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14864 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14869 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14872 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14873 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14875 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14877 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14878 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14882 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14884 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14885 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14888 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14889 if (want_address && !have_address)
14891 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14892 "Want address and only have value");
14896 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14898 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14899 if (!want_address && have_address)
14901 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14903 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14905 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14906 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14909 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14912 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14915 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14917 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14920 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14925 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14926 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14927 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14929 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14932 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14934 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14935 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14941 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14942 which is not less than the value itself. */
14944 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14945 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14947 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14950 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14951 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14952 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14953 ERROR_MARK node. */
14956 field_type (const_tree decl)
14960 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14961 return integer_type_node;
14963 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14964 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14965 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14970 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14971 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14972 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14974 static inline unsigned
14975 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14977 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14980 static inline unsigned
14981 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14983 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14986 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14988 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14989 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14991 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14992 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14993 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14994 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14995 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15001 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15004 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15005 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15006 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15007 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15008 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15011 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15012 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15014 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15015 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15017 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15020 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15022 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15023 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15024 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15025 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15028 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15030 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15031 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15034 tree field_size_tree;
15035 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15036 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15037 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15038 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15039 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15041 type = field_type (decl);
15042 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15043 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15045 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15047 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15048 a flexible array member. */
15049 if (!field_size_tree)
15050 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15052 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15053 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15054 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15056 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15058 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15060 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15061 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15062 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15063 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15064 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15065 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15066 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15067 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15068 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15070 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15072 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15073 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15074 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15075 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15076 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15077 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15078 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15079 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15080 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15081 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15082 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15084 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15085 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15086 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15087 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15088 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15089 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15090 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15091 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15092 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15093 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15096 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15097 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15098 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15099 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15100 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15101 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15102 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15104 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15105 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15106 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15108 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15109 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15111 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15113 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15115 object_offset_in_bits
15116 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15118 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15120 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15122 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15123 object_offset_in_bits
15124 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15129 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15131 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15134 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15135 associated with them. */
15137 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15139 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15140 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15141 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15144 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15145 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15149 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15150 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15152 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15155 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15156 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15157 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15158 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15159 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15160 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15163 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15164 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15165 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15166 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15167 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15168 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15169 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15170 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15171 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15172 function below.) */
15175 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15177 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15178 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15180 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15182 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15183 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15185 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15186 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15187 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15188 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15190 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15192 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15194 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15196 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15197 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15198 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15200 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15201 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15202 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15204 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15205 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15206 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15208 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15209 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15210 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15211 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15213 /* Extract the offset. */
15214 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15215 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15217 /* Add it to the object address. */
15218 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15219 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15222 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15225 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15229 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15231 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15232 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15237 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15239 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15240 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15241 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15243 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15244 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15245 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15249 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15252 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15256 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15259 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15262 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15266 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15272 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15274 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15275 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15277 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15283 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15289 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15292 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15294 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15298 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15299 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15301 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15302 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15304 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15309 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15310 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15311 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15312 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15313 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15316 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15318 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15322 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15325 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15327 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15332 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15333 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15334 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15337 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15339 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15341 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15342 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15344 insert_float (rtl, array);
15345 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15348 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15349 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15355 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15356 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15357 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15358 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15362 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15364 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15365 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15367 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15368 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15370 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15378 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15379 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15383 gcc_unreachable ();
15386 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15387 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15390 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15391 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15393 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15394 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15399 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15400 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15405 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15406 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15408 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15409 insert_float (elt, p);
15414 gcc_unreachable ();
15417 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15422 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15424 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15425 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15427 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15428 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15429 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15430 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15431 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15432 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15438 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15439 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15442 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15445 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15450 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15451 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15452 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15453 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15454 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15455 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15456 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15457 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15458 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15459 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15460 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15468 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15469 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15470 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15472 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15478 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15479 gcc_unreachable ();
15484 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15485 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15488 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15489 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15491 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15492 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15494 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15495 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15497 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15498 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15499 be conservative. */
15500 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15501 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15503 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15505 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15509 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15510 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15512 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15513 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15514 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15515 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15516 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15519 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15525 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15526 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15529 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15531 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15533 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15534 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15535 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15537 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15538 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15539 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15541 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15543 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15544 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15545 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15546 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15547 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15549 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15550 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15551 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15552 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15555 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15557 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15559 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15560 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15561 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15563 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15564 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15565 reference variables which won't be output. */
15566 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15567 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15569 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15571 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15572 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15577 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15579 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15580 bool constant_p = true;
15582 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15584 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15585 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15586 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15587 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15588 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15590 constant_p = false;
15596 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15606 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15608 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15609 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15615 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15618 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15622 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15623 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15624 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15626 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15627 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15628 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15629 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15630 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15631 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15632 referenced within the function.
15634 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15635 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15636 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15637 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15639 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15640 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15641 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15642 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15643 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15644 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15646 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15647 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15648 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15649 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15650 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15651 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15652 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15653 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15654 output at debug-time.
15656 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15657 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15658 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15659 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15660 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15661 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15662 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15663 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15664 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15665 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15666 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15667 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15668 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15670 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15671 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15672 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15673 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15674 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15675 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15676 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15677 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15678 I'd like to fix it.
15680 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15681 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15682 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15683 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15684 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15685 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15686 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15687 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15688 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15689 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15690 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15692 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15693 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15695 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15696 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15697 fixed registers. */
15698 if (! reload_completed)
15701 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15703 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15705 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15706 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15708 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15713 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15715 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15717 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15718 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15719 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15720 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15722 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15723 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15724 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15725 if (dmode == pmode)
15726 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15727 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15728 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15729 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15731 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15734 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15736 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15737 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15738 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15739 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15746 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15747 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15748 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15749 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15750 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15751 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15753 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15754 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15755 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15756 /* Not passed in memory. */
15757 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15758 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15759 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15760 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15761 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15762 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15763 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15766 /* Big endian correction check. */
15767 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15768 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15769 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15772 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15773 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15775 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15776 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15779 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15782 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15783 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15785 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15786 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15788 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15789 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15790 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15791 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15792 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15793 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15795 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15796 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15799 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15800 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15801 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15802 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15803 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15806 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15808 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15809 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15810 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15812 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15814 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15815 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15817 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15818 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15819 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15820 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15821 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15822 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15823 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15825 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15827 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15828 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15835 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15836 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15837 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15840 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15842 tree val_expr, cvar;
15843 enum machine_mode mode;
15844 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15846 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15848 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15849 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15850 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15851 be handled as such. */
15852 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15853 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15854 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15858 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15859 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15862 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15863 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15865 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15866 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15867 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15868 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15872 if (offset != NULL)
15874 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15876 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15879 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15884 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15885 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15886 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15887 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15888 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15889 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15890 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15891 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15892 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15893 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15896 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15897 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15900 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15901 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15903 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15906 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15907 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15909 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15912 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15913 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15914 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15917 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15918 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15919 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15920 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15923 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15924 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15925 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15927 struct var_loc_node *node;
15929 node = loc_list->first;
15930 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15931 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15932 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15933 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15934 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15937 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15940 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15943 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15944 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15945 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15948 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15951 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15953 deferred_locations entry;
15954 entry.variable = variable;
15956 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15959 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15960 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15963 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15967 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15971 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15974 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15975 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15977 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15978 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15980 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15982 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15984 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15986 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15987 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15988 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15989 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15992 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15997 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15998 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16000 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16002 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16003 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16004 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16005 constructor_elt *ce;
16007 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16008 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16011 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16012 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16015 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16016 memset (array, '\0', size);
16018 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16021 tree val = ce->value;
16022 tree index = ce->index;
16024 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16025 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16028 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16033 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16036 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16037 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16039 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16040 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16044 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16045 curpos += fieldsize;
16048 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16052 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16053 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16055 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16056 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16057 constructor_elt *ce;
16059 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16062 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16063 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16066 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16067 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16069 tree val = ce->value;
16070 int pos, fieldsize;
16072 if (ce->index != 0)
16078 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16081 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16082 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16083 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16085 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16086 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16088 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16089 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16090 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16092 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16098 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16099 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16100 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16102 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16106 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16107 attribute is the const value T. */
16110 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16113 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16116 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16120 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16122 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16124 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16125 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16126 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16127 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16129 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16130 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16132 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16134 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16136 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16144 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16145 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16146 variable with static storage duration
16147 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16150 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16154 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16155 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16158 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16159 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16160 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16165 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16166 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16169 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16172 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16173 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16174 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16175 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16178 static dw_loc_list_ref
16179 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16182 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16184 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16185 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16186 dw_cfa_location remember;
16188 fde = current_fde ();
16189 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16191 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16195 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16196 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16197 remember = next_cfa;
16199 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16201 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16202 advance opcodes. */
16203 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16204 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16206 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16207 last_label = start_label;
16209 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16210 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16212 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16213 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16214 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16215 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16216 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16218 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16219 start_label, last_label, section);
16221 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16222 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16223 start_label = last_label;
16225 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16228 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16229 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16230 gcc_unreachable ();
16233 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16237 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16239 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16240 start_label, last_label, section);
16241 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16242 start_label = last_label;
16245 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16246 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16248 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16254 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16255 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16256 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16257 before the latter is negated. */
16260 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16264 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16265 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16266 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16268 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16269 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16272 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16273 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16275 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16276 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16279 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16280 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16281 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16282 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16283 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16284 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16286 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16289 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16290 the value of the attribute. */
16293 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16295 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16297 if (demangle_name_func)
16298 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16300 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16304 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16307 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16309 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16315 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16319 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16320 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16322 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16323 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16327 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16330 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16334 lower_bound_default (void)
16336 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16341 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16343 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16346 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16347 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16348 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16352 case DW_LANG_Python:
16353 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16354 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16355 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16356 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16357 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16358 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16359 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16361 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16367 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16368 a representation for that bound. */
16371 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16373 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16378 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16381 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16384 /* Use the default if possible. */
16385 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16386 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16387 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16388 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16391 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16392 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16393 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16394 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16396 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16397 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16398 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16399 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16401 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16402 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16403 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16404 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16406 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16407 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16412 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16413 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16423 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16425 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16426 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16427 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16428 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16429 later parameter. */
16430 if (decl_die != NULL)
16432 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16440 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16441 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16443 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16444 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16446 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16447 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16449 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16450 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16451 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16452 If that fails to give a single element list,
16453 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16454 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16455 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16457 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
16464 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16465 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16467 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16469 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16470 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16471 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16472 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16473 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16479 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16480 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16481 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16482 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16485 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16487 unsigned dimension_number;
16489 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16491 for (dimension_number = 0;
16492 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16493 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16495 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16497 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16500 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16501 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16503 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16506 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16507 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16508 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16510 /* Define the index type. */
16511 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16513 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16514 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16515 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16516 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16517 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16518 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16519 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16522 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16526 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16527 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16529 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16530 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16531 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16533 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16535 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16538 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16539 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16545 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16549 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16554 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16557 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16558 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16561 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16562 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16563 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16564 even for bit-fields. */
16565 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16568 gcc_unreachable ();
16571 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16572 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16573 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16574 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16575 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16578 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16579 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16580 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16583 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16584 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16585 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16586 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16587 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16588 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16590 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16591 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16592 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16595 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16597 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16598 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16599 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16600 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16601 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16602 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16604 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16605 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16607 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16608 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16609 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16610 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16611 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16614 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16616 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16617 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16618 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16619 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16620 below must take account of these differences. */
16621 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16622 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16624 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16626 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16627 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16631 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16632 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16633 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16635 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16638 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16639 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16642 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16644 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16645 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16646 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16648 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16649 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16652 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16653 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16656 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16658 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16659 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16660 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16663 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16664 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16667 static inline dw_die_ref
16668 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16670 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16672 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16674 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16675 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16676 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16678 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16679 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16683 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16685 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16687 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16690 if (DECL_P (origin))
16691 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16692 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16693 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16695 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16696 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16697 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16698 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16699 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16700 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16701 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16705 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16709 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16712 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16714 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16716 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16718 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16719 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16720 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16721 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16724 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16725 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16726 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16727 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16728 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16732 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16735 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16737 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16739 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16740 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16743 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16744 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16747 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16751 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16752 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16754 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16756 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16757 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16758 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16760 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16761 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16762 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16763 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16766 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16767 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16769 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16771 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16772 asm_name->die = die;
16773 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16774 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16775 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16777 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16778 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
16779 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16783 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16784 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16785 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16786 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16788 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16789 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16790 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16795 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16798 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16800 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16803 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16806 pop_decl_scope (void)
16808 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16811 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16812 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16813 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16814 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16815 the current active scope. */
16818 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16820 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16821 tree containing_scope;
16824 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16825 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16827 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16829 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16830 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16832 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16835 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16838 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16839 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16840 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16841 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16842 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16844 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16845 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16846 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16848 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16849 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16850 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16851 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16852 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16857 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16858 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16860 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16861 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16864 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16867 scope_die = context_die;
16872 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16875 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16877 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16878 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16879 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16885 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16888 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16890 return (context_die
16891 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16892 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16893 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16894 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16897 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16898 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16901 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16903 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16904 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16907 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16908 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16909 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16912 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16913 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16915 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16916 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16918 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16919 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16920 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16921 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16922 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16923 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16924 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16926 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16927 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16928 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16929 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16930 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16933 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16934 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16935 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16938 if (type_die != NULL)
16939 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16942 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16943 function call type. */
16945 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16947 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16949 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16950 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16952 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16953 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16954 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16955 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16956 time being, following existing custom. */
16958 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16959 value = DW_CC_program;
16961 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16962 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16963 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16964 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16967 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16968 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16969 was declared without a tag. */
16971 static const char *
16972 type_tag (const_tree type)
16974 const char *name = 0;
16976 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16980 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16981 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16982 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16984 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16985 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16987 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16988 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16990 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16991 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16992 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16993 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16994 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16995 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16998 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16999 if (!name && t != 0)
17000 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17003 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17006 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17007 for bit field types. */
17010 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17012 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17013 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17016 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17017 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17020 static const char *
17021 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17024 const char *fnname;
17026 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17027 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17030 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17032 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17037 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17038 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17039 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17042 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17044 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17045 dw_die_ref array_die;
17047 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17048 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17049 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17050 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17051 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17052 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17053 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17054 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17055 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17057 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17060 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17061 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17062 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17063 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17065 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17067 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17069 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17070 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17071 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17072 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17074 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17075 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17076 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17077 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17079 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17080 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17082 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17083 if (loc && size > 0)
17085 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17086 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17087 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17093 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17094 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17095 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17096 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17099 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17100 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17101 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17104 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17105 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17106 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17108 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17110 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17111 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17112 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17113 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17116 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17118 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17119 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17120 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17121 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17124 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17125 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17126 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17127 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17128 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17129 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17130 for multidimensional arrays. */
17131 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17134 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17135 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17136 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17137 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17138 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17141 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17143 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17144 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17145 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17146 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17147 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17149 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17151 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17154 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17155 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17158 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17160 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17161 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17164 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17165 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17167 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17168 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17169 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17171 if (val == base_decl)
17172 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17174 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17177 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17179 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17181 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17182 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17185 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17188 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17191 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17192 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17194 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17196 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17198 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17199 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17202 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17205 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17211 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17214 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17217 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17218 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17240 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17241 tree val, tree base_decl)
17243 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17245 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17247 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17251 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17255 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17258 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17259 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17262 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17263 dw_die_ref context_die)
17265 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17266 dw_die_ref array_die;
17269 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17270 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17271 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17273 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17275 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17276 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17278 if (info->data_location)
17279 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17281 if (info->associated)
17282 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17284 if (info->allocated)
17285 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17288 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17290 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17291 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17293 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17295 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17298 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17299 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17300 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17303 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17304 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17307 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17308 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17309 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17311 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17312 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17313 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17317 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17318 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17320 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17321 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17326 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17328 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17329 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17331 if (origin != NULL)
17332 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17335 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17336 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17337 0, 0, context_die);
17340 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17341 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17343 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17347 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17348 emit full debugging info for them. */
17351 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17355 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17356 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17357 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17358 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17361 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17363 static enum dwarf_tag
17364 record_type_tag (tree type)
17366 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17367 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17369 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17371 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17372 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17374 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17375 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17377 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17378 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17379 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17380 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17383 gcc_unreachable ();
17387 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17388 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17389 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17393 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17395 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17397 if (type_die == NULL)
17399 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17400 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17401 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17402 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17403 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17404 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17405 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17407 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17410 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17412 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17413 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17414 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17415 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17419 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17420 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17421 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17422 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17424 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17425 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17426 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17427 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17429 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17430 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17432 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17433 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17435 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17436 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17438 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17439 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17441 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17442 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17443 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17444 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17445 values as if they were signed. That means that
17446 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17447 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17448 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17449 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17453 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17455 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17456 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17461 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17462 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17465 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17466 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17467 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17468 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17469 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17470 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17471 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17472 argument type of some subprogram type.
17473 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17477 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17478 dw_die_ref context_die)
17480 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17481 tree ultimate_origin;
17482 dw_die_ref parm_die
17483 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17485 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17487 case tcc_declaration:
17488 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17489 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17490 origin = ultimate_origin;
17491 if (origin != NULL)
17492 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17495 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17497 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17498 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17499 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17502 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17503 TREE_READONLY (node),
17504 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17506 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17507 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17510 if (node && node != origin)
17511 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17512 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17513 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17519 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17520 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17524 gcc_unreachable ();
17530 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17531 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17534 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17535 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17536 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17537 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17538 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17539 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17542 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17544 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17548 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17550 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17551 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17554 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17555 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17557 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17559 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17562 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17563 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17568 return parm_pack_die;
17571 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17572 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17575 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17577 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17580 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17581 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17582 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17583 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17586 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17589 tree formal_type = NULL;
17590 tree first_parm_type;
17593 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17595 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17596 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17601 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17603 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17604 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17605 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17607 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17609 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17610 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17613 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17614 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17615 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17617 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17618 && link == first_parm_type)
17619 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17620 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17622 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17624 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17627 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17628 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17629 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17630 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17632 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17633 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17634 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17635 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17636 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17637 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17640 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17641 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17642 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17643 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17644 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17647 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17649 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17651 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17652 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17653 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17654 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17655 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17657 dw_die_ref type_die;
17658 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17660 push_decl_scope (type);
17661 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17662 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17663 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17664 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17666 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17667 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17668 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17669 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17670 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17672 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17673 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17677 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17683 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17684 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17687 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17689 dw_die_ref old_die;
17693 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17695 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17696 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17698 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17699 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17700 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17703 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17704 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17705 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17706 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17707 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17709 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17710 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17711 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17713 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17715 gen_type_die_for_member
17716 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17719 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17720 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17721 current_function_decl = decl;
17722 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17724 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17725 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17726 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17727 if (! was_abstract)
17728 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17730 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17731 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17735 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17738 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17739 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17742 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17747 type = (tree) *slot;
17748 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17750 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17754 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17755 through htab_traverse.
17757 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17758 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17759 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17762 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17763 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17765 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17768 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17769 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17770 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17771 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17774 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17775 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17776 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17779 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17780 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17781 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17782 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17788 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17791 premark_used_types (void)
17793 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17794 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17797 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17800 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17802 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17803 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17804 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17807 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17811 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17813 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17814 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17815 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17818 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17819 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17820 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17822 premark_used_types ();
17824 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17825 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17826 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17827 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17828 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17830 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17831 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17834 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17837 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17838 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17839 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17840 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17841 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17842 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17843 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17845 if (origin != NULL)
17847 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17849 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17850 inline function. */
17851 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17852 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17854 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17855 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17859 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17860 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17862 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17863 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17864 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17865 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17866 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17868 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17869 something we have already output. */
17873 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17874 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17875 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17876 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17877 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17878 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17879 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17880 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17881 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17882 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17883 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17884 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17886 subr_die = old_die;
17888 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17889 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17890 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17891 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17892 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17893 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17894 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17898 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17899 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17900 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17901 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17902 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17903 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17908 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17910 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17911 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17913 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17914 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17916 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17917 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17918 0, 0, context_die);
17921 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17922 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17923 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17925 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17926 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17927 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17928 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17933 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17935 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17937 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17938 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17939 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17940 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17941 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17943 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17944 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17945 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17946 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17948 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17949 later reused to represent definition. */
17950 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17953 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17955 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17957 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17958 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17960 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17964 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17965 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17967 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17970 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17971 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17972 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17974 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17976 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17978 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17980 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17981 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17983 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17985 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17986 current_function_funcdef_no);
17987 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17988 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17989 current_function_funcdef_no);
17990 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17992 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17993 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17996 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17997 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17998 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18000 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18001 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18002 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18003 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18005 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18006 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18007 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18011 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18012 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18013 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18016 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18018 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18019 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18020 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18021 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18022 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18023 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18024 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18026 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18028 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18029 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18033 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18034 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18035 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18037 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18040 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18041 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18042 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18043 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18044 by this displacement. */
18045 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18047 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18048 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18049 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18052 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18053 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18054 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18056 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18057 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18058 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18059 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18060 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18061 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18062 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18063 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18064 an ellipsis at the end. */
18066 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18067 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18068 its formal parameters. */
18069 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18071 else if (declaration)
18072 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18075 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18076 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18077 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18078 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18079 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18082 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18083 emit their relevant DIEs.
18085 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18086 as well as it being a normal function.
18088 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18089 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18090 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18091 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18092 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18093 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18094 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18095 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18096 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18099 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18100 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18102 if (generic_decl_parm
18103 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18104 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18109 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18110 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18113 if (generic_decl_parm)
18114 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18117 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18118 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18119 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18120 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18121 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18122 parameters at all. */
18123 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18124 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18126 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18127 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18128 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18130 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18131 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18134 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18135 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18136 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18138 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18139 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18140 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18141 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18142 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18143 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18144 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18146 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18147 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18148 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18149 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18150 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18151 constructor function. */
18152 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18154 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18155 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18156 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18158 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18159 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18161 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18162 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18164 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18165 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18167 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18168 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18173 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18174 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18178 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18181 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18183 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18184 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18187 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18188 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18191 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18193 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18194 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18195 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18198 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18199 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18202 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18206 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18207 tree ultimate_origin;
18208 dw_die_ref var_die;
18209 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18210 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18211 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18212 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18214 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18215 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18216 origin = ultimate_origin;
18217 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18219 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18220 of a data member. */
18223 dw_die_ref com_die;
18224 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18225 die_node com_die_arg;
18227 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18230 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18232 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18237 /* Optimize the common case. */
18238 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18239 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18240 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18241 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18243 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18244 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18246 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18248 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18249 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18255 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18256 common_block_die_table
18257 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18258 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18260 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18261 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18262 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18263 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18264 if (com_die == NULL)
18267 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18270 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18271 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18274 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18275 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18276 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18277 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18279 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18280 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18281 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18282 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18283 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18284 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18286 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18288 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18289 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18290 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18292 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18293 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18294 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18295 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18296 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18301 /* Optimize the common case. */
18302 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18303 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18304 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18305 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18306 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18307 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18309 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18311 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18313 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18314 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18315 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18319 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18320 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18321 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18322 inside functions, though. */
18323 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18326 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18327 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18328 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18329 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18330 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18332 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18335 if (origin != NULL)
18336 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18338 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18339 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18341 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18342 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18345 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18347 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18348 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18349 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18351 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18352 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18354 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18355 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18356 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18358 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18359 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18361 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18362 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18364 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18365 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18370 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18372 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18373 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18374 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18376 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18377 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18379 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18380 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18382 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18383 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18385 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18386 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18387 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18388 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18392 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18394 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18395 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18398 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18399 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18400 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18402 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18403 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18404 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18405 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18406 to add it again. */
18407 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18409 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18410 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18411 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18413 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18416 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18419 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18422 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18425 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18427 dw_die_ref const_die;
18428 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18430 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18431 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18432 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18433 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18434 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18435 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18436 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18437 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18440 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18443 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18445 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18446 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18448 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18450 if (origin != NULL)
18451 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18453 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18455 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18456 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18459 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18461 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18462 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18463 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18467 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18469 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18470 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18471 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18472 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18473 it if it ever does happen. */
18474 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18476 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18477 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18482 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18483 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18484 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18487 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18489 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18491 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18493 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18494 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18499 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18500 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18503 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18505 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18507 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18508 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18512 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18514 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18515 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18516 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18519 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18521 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18524 add_ranges (chain);
18525 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18533 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18534 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18535 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18536 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18537 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18541 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18544 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18546 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18548 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18549 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18551 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18554 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18557 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18561 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18563 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18565 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18567 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18568 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18569 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18570 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18571 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18573 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18575 dw_die_ref subr_die
18576 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18578 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18579 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18580 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18581 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18583 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18584 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18588 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18591 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18593 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18595 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18598 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18599 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18600 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18601 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18604 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18606 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18607 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18608 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18611 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18612 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18614 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18615 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18617 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18618 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18619 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18620 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18622 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18623 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18627 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18628 Use modified_type_die instead.
18629 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18630 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18633 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18636 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18638 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18639 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18640 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18643 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18644 Use modified_type_die instead.
18645 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18646 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18649 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18651 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18653 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
18654 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18656 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18658 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18659 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18660 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18664 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18667 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18670 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18671 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18673 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18674 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18675 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18676 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18679 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18682 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18685 char producer[250];
18686 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18689 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18693 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18694 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18695 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18696 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18699 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18701 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18702 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18703 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18704 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18705 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18706 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18707 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18708 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18709 strcat (producer, " -g");
18712 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18714 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18715 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18716 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18717 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18718 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18719 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18720 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18721 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18723 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18724 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18725 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18726 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18727 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18728 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18729 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18730 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18731 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18732 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18735 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18739 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18742 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18744 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18746 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18747 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18749 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18750 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18752 if (access == access_public_node)
18753 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18754 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18755 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18758 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18761 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18764 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18767 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18768 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18769 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18770 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18771 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18772 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18773 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18774 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18775 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18776 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18777 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18779 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18782 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18786 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18787 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18788 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18789 : access_public_node), context_die);
18792 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18793 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18795 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18796 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18797 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18798 do put them in the right order. */
18800 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18802 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18804 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18807 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18808 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18810 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18811 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18814 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18816 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18818 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18822 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18823 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18824 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18827 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18828 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18830 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18831 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18833 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18834 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18835 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18836 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18837 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18839 if (type_die && ! complete)
18842 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18843 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18844 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18847 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18849 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18850 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18852 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18854 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18855 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18857 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18859 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18861 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18864 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18866 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18867 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18868 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18869 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18871 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18872 then give a list of members. */
18873 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18875 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18876 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18877 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18878 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18879 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18880 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18882 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18883 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18884 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18885 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18887 push_decl_scope (type);
18888 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18891 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18892 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18894 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18896 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18897 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18898 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18903 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18905 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18906 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18907 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18908 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18911 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18912 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18915 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18918 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18920 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18921 dw_die_ref subr_die
18922 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18923 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18925 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18926 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18927 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18928 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18930 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18931 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18934 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18937 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18939 dw_die_ref type_die;
18942 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18945 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18946 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18947 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18948 if (origin != NULL)
18949 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18954 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18955 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18957 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18959 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18960 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18963 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18965 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18966 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18969 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18970 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18972 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18973 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18976 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18979 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18980 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18983 struct array_descr_info info;
18985 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18988 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18989 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18990 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18991 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18993 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18996 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18997 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18999 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19000 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19001 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19002 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19003 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19005 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19006 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19010 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19011 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19012 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19013 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19014 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19016 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19017 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19021 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19022 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19023 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19024 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19025 cloned type itself). */
19026 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19027 type = type_main_variant (type);
19029 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19032 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19038 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19039 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19040 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19041 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19042 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19044 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19046 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19047 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19048 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19049 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19053 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19054 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19055 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19056 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19058 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19059 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19060 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19062 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19064 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19067 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19068 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19069 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19070 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19071 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19075 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19076 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19077 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19078 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19082 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19086 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19089 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19092 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19093 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19094 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19095 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19096 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19097 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19098 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19099 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19100 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19101 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19103 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19105 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19108 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19109 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19110 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19113 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19114 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19116 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19117 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19118 decls_for_scope. */
19119 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19124 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19128 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19130 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19131 declare_in_namespace. */
19132 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19133 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19136 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19141 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19142 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19143 when appropriate. */
19149 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19152 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19156 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19160 gcc_unreachable ();
19163 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19167 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19169 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19172 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19173 things which are local to the given block. */
19176 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19178 int must_output_die = 0;
19181 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19182 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19185 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19187 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19188 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19189 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19190 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19194 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19195 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19200 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19203 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19204 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19205 must_output_die = 1;
19208 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19209 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19210 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19211 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19212 as being a "significant" one. */
19213 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19214 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19215 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19216 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19217 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19218 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19219 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19220 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19221 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19222 must_output_die = 1;
19225 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19226 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19227 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19228 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19229 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19230 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19231 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19232 if (must_output_die)
19236 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19237 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19238 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19239 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19240 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19241 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19242 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19243 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19245 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19246 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19247 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19248 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19249 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19250 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19253 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19256 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19259 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19260 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19262 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19265 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19267 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19268 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19269 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19270 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19271 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19275 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19276 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19277 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19278 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19279 stmt, context_die);
19281 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19284 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19285 all of its sub-blocks. */
19288 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19294 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19295 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19298 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19299 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19300 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19301 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19302 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19303 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19304 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19305 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19308 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19309 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19312 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19313 therein) of this block. */
19314 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19316 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19317 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19320 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19323 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19325 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19328 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19329 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19330 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19331 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19332 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19333 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19339 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19341 static inline dw_die_ref
19342 get_context_die (tree context)
19346 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19347 if (TYPE_P (context))
19348 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19350 return force_decl_die (context);
19352 return comp_unit_die;
19355 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19358 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19360 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19361 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19362 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19363 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19366 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19368 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19372 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19374 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19375 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19376 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19377 declaration die. */
19378 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19379 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19380 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19381 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19385 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19386 gen_decl_die() call. */
19387 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19388 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19389 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19390 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19393 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19394 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19395 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19397 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19398 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19402 gcc_unreachable ();
19405 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19407 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19408 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19414 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19415 always returned. */
19418 force_type_die (tree type)
19420 dw_die_ref type_die;
19422 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19425 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19427 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19428 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19429 gcc_assert (type_die);
19434 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19435 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19438 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19440 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19441 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19442 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19443 /* Force out the namespace. */
19444 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19446 return context_die;
19449 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19450 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19452 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19453 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19456 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19458 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19460 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19461 return context_die;
19463 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19464 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19465 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19466 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19467 return context_die;
19469 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19471 if (ns_context != context_die)
19475 if (DECL_P (thing))
19476 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19478 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19480 return context_die;
19483 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19486 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19488 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19490 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19491 they are an alias of. */
19492 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19494 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19495 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19496 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19497 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19498 context_die, decl);
19499 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19500 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19502 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19504 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19507 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19508 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19509 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19510 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19514 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19516 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19517 dw_die_ref origin_die
19518 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19520 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19521 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19522 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19523 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19524 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19525 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19526 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19527 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19531 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19534 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19536 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19537 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19539 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19542 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19548 if (!is_fortran ())
19550 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19551 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19555 /* Emit its type. */
19556 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19558 /* And its containing namespace. */
19559 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19561 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19564 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19565 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19566 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19567 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19568 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19569 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19570 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19575 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19576 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19577 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19578 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19581 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19582 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19583 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19584 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19585 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19587 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19588 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19589 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19590 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19591 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19592 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19593 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19594 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19595 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19597 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19598 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19601 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19602 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19604 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19605 have described its return type. */
19606 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19608 /* And its virtual context. */
19609 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19610 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19612 /* And its containing type. */
19614 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19615 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19616 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19618 /* And its containing namespace. */
19619 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19622 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19624 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19628 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19629 actual typedefs. */
19630 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19633 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19634 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19635 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19636 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19637 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19638 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19639 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19640 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19641 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19643 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19646 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19647 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19649 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19650 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19654 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19655 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19660 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19661 variable declarations or definitions. */
19662 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19665 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19667 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19668 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19670 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19672 /* And its containing type. */
19673 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19674 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19675 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19677 /* And its containing namespace. */
19678 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19680 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19681 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19682 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19684 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19685 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19686 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19687 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19688 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19691 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19695 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19696 anonymous unions and structs. */
19697 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19698 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19699 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19701 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19702 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19707 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19708 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19710 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19711 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19712 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19716 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19717 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19718 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19719 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19723 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19724 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19729 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19730 compilation proper has finished. */
19733 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19735 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19736 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19737 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19738 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19739 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19740 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19743 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19744 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19746 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19749 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19752 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19753 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19754 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19755 that DECL belongs to.
19756 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19758 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19760 tree lexical_block,
19761 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19763 expanded_location xloc;
19764 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19765 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19767 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19769 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19770 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19774 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19776 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19778 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19779 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19781 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19782 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19783 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19784 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19785 if (!at_import_die)
19787 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19788 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19789 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19790 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19795 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19796 if (!at_import_die)
19798 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19799 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19800 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19802 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19804 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19805 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19806 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19807 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19809 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19810 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19812 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19816 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19818 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19819 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19826 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19830 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19831 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19833 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19834 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19835 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19838 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19839 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19840 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19841 importing whole module. */
19844 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19847 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19848 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19850 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19855 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19856 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19859 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19860 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19862 && TYPE_P (context)
19863 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19866 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19869 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19873 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19874 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19875 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19876 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19879 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19880 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19884 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19887 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19889 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19891 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19896 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19897 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19898 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19899 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19900 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19901 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19902 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19903 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19904 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19905 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19906 with the definition of the function.
19908 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19909 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19910 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19911 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19912 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19913 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19914 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19915 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19916 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19917 that they *are* definitions).
19919 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19920 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19921 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19922 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19923 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19924 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19927 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19928 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19929 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19930 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19931 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19932 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19933 context_die = NULL;
19937 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19938 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19939 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19940 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19941 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19942 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19943 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19944 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19945 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19948 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19949 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19950 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19952 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19953 variable declarations or definitions. */
19954 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19959 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19961 if (!is_fortran ())
19963 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19964 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19967 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19968 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19969 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19971 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19976 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19977 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19980 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19981 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19982 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19984 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19985 comparisons have. */
19987 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19988 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19989 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19994 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19995 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19998 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19999 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20000 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20001 context_die = NULL;
20009 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20012 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20015 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20017 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20019 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20022 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20023 a lexical block. */
20026 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20027 unsigned int blocknum)
20029 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20030 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20033 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20037 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20039 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20040 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20043 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20044 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20046 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20047 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20048 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20051 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20056 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20057 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20058 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20060 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20062 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20063 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20064 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20071 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20074 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20076 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20077 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20078 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20079 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20083 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20085 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20086 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20089 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20090 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20091 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20092 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20093 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20094 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20095 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20096 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20097 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20100 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20101 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20104 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20106 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20107 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20108 if (file_table_last_lookup
20109 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20110 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20111 return file_table_last_lookup;
20113 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20114 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20115 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20117 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20119 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20120 created->filename = file_name;
20121 created->emitted_number = 0;
20126 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20127 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20128 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20129 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20130 types, which may include filenames. */
20133 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20135 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20137 if (last_emitted_file)
20138 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20140 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20141 last_emitted_file = fd;
20143 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20145 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20146 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20147 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20148 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20152 return fd->emitted_number;
20155 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20156 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20157 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20160 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20162 die_arg_entry entry;
20167 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20168 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20169 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20173 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20174 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20178 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20179 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20180 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20183 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20185 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20191 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20193 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20198 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20201 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20207 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20211 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20215 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20218 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20220 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20221 /* replace the string. */
20222 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20226 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20229 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20230 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20231 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20234 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20237 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20239 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20243 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20244 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20245 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20246 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20248 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20249 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20252 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20255 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20257 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20260 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20261 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20264 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20266 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20267 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20270 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20273 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20275 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20276 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20279 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20280 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20281 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20282 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20283 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20287 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20289 static unsigned int
20290 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20292 struct vcall_insn item;
20293 struct vcall_insn *p;
20295 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20296 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20297 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20299 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20301 return (unsigned int) -1;
20302 return p->vtable_slot;
20306 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20307 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20308 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20312 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20314 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20316 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20317 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20318 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20322 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20323 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20327 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20329 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20331 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20332 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20335 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20336 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20337 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20338 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20339 lowering to RTL. */
20342 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20344 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20347 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20350 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20351 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20352 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20354 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20355 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20358 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20359 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20360 our lookup table. */
20363 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20365 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20366 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20368 static const char *last_label;
20369 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20370 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20373 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20376 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20377 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20378 don't do anything. */
20379 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20382 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20383 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20384 if (newloc == NULL)
20387 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20388 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20389 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20390 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20391 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20393 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20394 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20396 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20397 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20399 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20400 newloc->next = NULL;
20402 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20403 newloc->label = last_label;
20406 if (!last_postcall_label)
20408 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20409 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20411 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20414 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20415 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20418 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20419 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20420 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20421 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20424 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20426 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20427 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20429 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20432 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20433 and record information relating to this source line, in
20434 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20437 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20438 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20440 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20442 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20445 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20447 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20449 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20450 if (flag_debug_asm)
20451 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20454 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20456 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20457 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20458 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20460 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20461 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20463 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20464 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20465 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20467 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20468 line_info_table_in_use++;
20470 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20472 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20473 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20474 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20475 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20477 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20478 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20479 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20481 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20482 separate_line_info_table
20483 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20484 separate_line_info_table,
20485 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20486 memset (separate_line_info_table
20487 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20489 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20490 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20493 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20495 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20496 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20497 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20498 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20502 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20504 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20505 line_info_table_in_use);
20507 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20508 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20510 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20512 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20513 line_info_table_allocated);
20514 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20515 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20518 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20519 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20520 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20521 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20526 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20529 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20531 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20533 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20534 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20536 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20537 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20540 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20542 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20544 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20549 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20553 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20556 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20558 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20559 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20560 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20562 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20564 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20565 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20569 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20570 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20571 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20574 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20575 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20577 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20579 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20581 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20582 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20586 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20587 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20588 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20591 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20592 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20594 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20596 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20598 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20599 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20603 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20606 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20608 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20609 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20610 file_table_eq, NULL);
20612 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20613 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20614 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20616 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20617 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20618 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20620 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20621 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20623 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20624 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20625 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20626 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20627 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20629 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20630 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20631 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20633 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20634 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20636 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20637 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20638 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20640 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20641 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20642 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20644 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20645 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20646 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20647 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20648 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20649 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20650 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20652 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20654 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20656 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20657 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20658 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20659 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20660 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20661 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20662 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20663 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20664 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20665 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20666 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20667 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20668 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20669 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20670 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20671 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20672 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20673 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20674 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20675 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20676 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20677 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20678 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20679 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20680 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20681 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20684 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20685 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20686 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20687 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20688 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20692 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20693 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20694 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20695 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20696 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20697 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20698 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20699 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20700 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20701 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20702 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20704 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20706 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20707 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20708 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20709 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20712 switch_to_section (text_section);
20713 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20714 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20716 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20717 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20718 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20723 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20724 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20727 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20729 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20731 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20732 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20734 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20738 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20739 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20742 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20744 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20746 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20748 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20749 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20750 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20756 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20757 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20760 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20764 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20765 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20767 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20769 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20770 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20773 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20779 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20782 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20783 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20786 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20791 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20793 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20795 /* A reference to another DIE.
20796 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20797 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20798 if (dwarf_version < 4
20799 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20800 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20801 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20803 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20804 accounts properly for it. */
20805 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20806 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20811 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20812 to DIE's children. */
20815 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20819 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20821 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20824 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20825 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20826 if (die->die_parent)
20827 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20829 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20830 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20832 /* If this node is a specification,
20833 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20834 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20835 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20838 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20840 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20841 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20844 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20845 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20846 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20847 for all type definitions. */
20848 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20849 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20850 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20851 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20853 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20857 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20858 and if so, mark them. */
20861 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20865 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20868 switch (die->die_tag)
20870 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20871 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20872 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20875 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20876 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20877 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20878 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20885 /* Mark children. */
20886 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20889 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20892 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20896 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20897 children have been marked as well. */
20898 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20901 switch (die->die_tag)
20903 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20904 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20905 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20906 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20909 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20910 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20913 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20914 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20915 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20916 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20917 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20919 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20921 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20924 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20925 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20926 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20927 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20928 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
20929 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20930 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20931 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20932 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20933 case DW_TAG_friend:
20934 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20935 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20936 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20937 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20938 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20939 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20940 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20941 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20942 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20945 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20949 /* Mark everything else. */
20953 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20957 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20958 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20963 /* Mark children. */
20964 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20967 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20971 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20976 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20977 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20979 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20981 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20982 twice in the hash table. */
20984 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20987 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20988 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20990 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20996 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20999 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21003 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21004 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21006 if (! die->die_child)
21009 c = die->die_child;
21011 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21012 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21013 if (c == die->die_child)
21015 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21017 /* No marked children at all. */
21018 die->die_child = NULL;
21021 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21022 die->die_child = prev;
21027 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21029 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21030 } while (c != die->die_child);
21033 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21034 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21035 decided to emit. */
21038 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21040 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21042 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21043 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21048 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21051 prune_unused_types (void)
21054 limbo_die_node *node;
21055 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21057 dcall_entry *dcall;
21059 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21060 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21061 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21062 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21063 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21064 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21065 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21066 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21068 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21069 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21071 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21072 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21073 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21074 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21075 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21077 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21078 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21081 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21082 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21083 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21084 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21085 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21086 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21088 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21089 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21090 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21092 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21093 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21094 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21095 else if (debug_str_hash)
21096 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21097 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21098 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21099 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21100 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21101 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21103 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21104 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21105 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21106 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21107 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21108 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21111 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21114 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21116 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21117 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21118 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21126 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21129 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21132 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21134 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21139 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21141 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21142 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21144 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21145 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21148 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21149 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21150 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21151 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21152 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21153 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21156 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21158 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21159 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21161 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21165 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21167 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21171 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21173 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21174 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21178 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21179 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21180 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21183 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21187 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21189 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21190 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21191 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21193 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21194 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21195 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21197 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21198 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21203 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21204 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21205 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21206 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21209 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21210 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21216 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21217 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21218 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21221 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21223 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21224 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21225 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21226 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21227 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21228 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21233 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21234 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21235 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21236 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21237 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21238 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21241 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21245 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21248 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21249 switch (AT_class (a))
21251 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21252 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21255 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21257 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21258 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21260 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21261 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21266 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21268 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21270 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21274 case dw_val_class_loc:
21275 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21277 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21281 case dw_val_class_addr:
21282 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21283 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21285 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21293 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21296 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21297 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21300 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21302 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21303 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21304 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21305 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21308 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21310 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21311 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21312 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21313 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21314 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21315 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21318 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21320 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21323 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21325 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21326 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21327 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21331 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21332 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21333 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21334 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21336 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21338 next_node = node->next;
21341 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21343 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21346 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21347 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21349 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21350 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21351 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21354 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21355 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21356 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21357 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21358 this to be a child of the containing function.
21360 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21361 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21362 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21363 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21364 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21366 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21368 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21369 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21370 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21371 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21373 gcc_assert (context
21374 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21375 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21377 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21379 add_child_die (origin, die);
21381 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21386 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21388 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21390 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21392 tree decl = node->created_for;
21393 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21395 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
21396 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21397 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21401 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21403 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21404 emit full debugging info for them. */
21405 retry_incomplete_types ();
21407 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21408 prune_unused_types ();
21410 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21411 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21412 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21413 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21415 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21416 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21418 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21420 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21421 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21423 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21425 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21426 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21427 references to the main compile unit). */
21428 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21429 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21430 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21432 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21433 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21434 referenced. Prune them. */
21435 prune_unused_types ();
21438 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21439 that have children. */
21440 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21441 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21442 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21443 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21444 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21446 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21447 switch_to_section (text_section);
21448 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21449 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21451 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21452 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21455 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21457 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21458 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21460 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21461 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21466 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21467 bool range_list_added = false;
21469 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21470 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21471 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21472 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21473 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21474 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21475 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21477 if (text_section_used)
21478 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21479 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21480 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21481 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21482 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21484 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21486 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21488 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21490 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21491 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21492 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21493 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21494 &range_list_added);
21495 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21496 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21497 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21498 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21499 &range_list_added);
21501 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21502 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21503 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21506 if (range_list_added)
21510 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21511 if (have_location_lists)
21513 /* Output the location lists info. */
21514 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21515 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21516 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21517 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21518 output_location_lists (die);
21521 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21522 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21523 debug_line_section_label);
21525 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21526 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21528 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21529 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21530 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21531 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21533 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21534 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21536 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21538 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21539 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21542 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21543 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21545 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21546 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21547 debug_line_section_label);
21549 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21552 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21554 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21555 has been emitted. */
21556 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21558 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21559 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21560 output_abbrev_section ();
21562 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21563 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21565 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21566 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21569 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21570 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21571 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21572 simply won't look for the section. */
21573 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21575 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21576 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21579 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21580 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21582 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21583 output_dcall_table ();
21585 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21587 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21588 output_vcall_table ();
21591 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21592 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21593 if (fde_table_in_use)
21595 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21599 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21600 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21602 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21607 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21608 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21609 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21610 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21611 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21612 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21613 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21615 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21616 output_line_info ();
21619 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21620 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21622 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21626 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21628 if (debug_str_hash)
21629 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21633 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21634 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21638 0, /* assembly_start */
21641 0, /* start_source_file */
21642 0, /* end_source_file */
21643 0, /* begin_block */
21645 0, /* ignore_block */
21646 0, /* source_line */
21647 0, /* begin_prologue */
21648 0, /* end_prologue */
21649 0, /* end_epilogue */
21650 0, /* begin_function */
21651 0, /* end_function */
21652 0, /* function_decl */
21653 0, /* global_decl */
21655 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21656 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21657 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21659 0, /* handle_pch */
21660 0, /* var_location */
21661 0, /* switch_text_section */
21662 0, /* direct_call */
21663 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21664 0, /* copy_call_info */
21665 0, /* virtual_call */
21667 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21670 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21672 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"